|
7
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4:
|
|
|
2 *
|
|
|
3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
|
4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb
|
|
|
5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant
|
|
|
6 * and Axel Kielhorn
|
|
1106
|
7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer
|
|
7
|
8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore
|
|
|
9 *
|
|
|
10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
|
11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
|
12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
|
13 */
|
|
|
14
|
|
|
15 /*
|
|
593
|
16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x
|
|
856
|
17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book:
|
|
|
18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books"
|
|
7
|
19 */
|
|
|
20
|
|
|
21 /*
|
|
|
22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk
|
|
|
23 *
|
|
|
24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse
|
|
|
25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize,
|
|
|
26 * ScrapManager error handling.
|
|
|
27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize.
|
|
|
28 *
|
|
|
29 */
|
|
|
30
|
|
1107
|
31 /* TODO (Jussi)
|
|
|
32 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases)
|
|
|
33 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems
|
|
|
34 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that)
|
|
|
35 */
|
|
7
|
36
|
|
|
37 #include <Devices.h> /* included first to avoid CR problems */
|
|
|
38 #include "vim.h"
|
|
|
39
|
|
593
|
40 #define USE_CARBONIZED
|
|
|
41 #define USE_AEVENT /* Enable AEVENT */
|
|
|
42 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW /* Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed */
|
|
7
|
43
|
|
|
44 /* Compile as CodeWarior External Editor */
|
|
|
45 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT)
|
|
|
46 # define USE_AEVENT /* Need Apple Event Support */
|
|
|
47 #endif
|
|
|
48
|
|
9
|
49 /* Vim's Scrap flavor. */
|
|
|
50 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!'
|
|
838
|
51 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
52 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode
|
|
|
53 #else
|
|
|
54 # define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeText
|
|
|
55 #endif
|
|
9
|
56
|
|
7
|
57 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
593
|
58 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion;
|
|
|
59
|
|
766
|
60 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
|
61 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
62
|
|
|
63 static int im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
64 #if 0
|
|
1702
|
65 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
1562
|
66 static int im_start_row = 0;
|
|
|
67 static int im_start_col = 0;
|
|
|
68 #endif
|
|
|
69
|
|
|
70 #define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0]))
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
72 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument;
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
74 static void im_on_window_switch(int active);
|
|
168
|
75 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
1562
|
76 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
77
|
|
|
78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate(
|
|
|
79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data);
|
|
|
80
|
|
|
81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input(
|
|
|
82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data);
|
|
|
83
|
|
|
84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area(
|
|
|
85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent);
|
|
|
86
|
|
|
87 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event(
|
|
|
88 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent);
|
|
|
89
|
|
168
|
90 #endif
|
|
|
91
|
|
7
|
92
|
|
|
93 /* Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h */
|
|
|
94 #include <Menus.h>
|
|
|
95 #include <Resources.h>
|
|
|
96 #include <Processes.h>
|
|
|
97 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
98 # include <AppleEvents.h>
|
|
|
99 # include <AERegistry.h>
|
|
|
100 #endif
|
|
|
101 # include <Gestalt.h>
|
|
|
102 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330
|
|
|
103 # include <ControlDefinitions.h>
|
|
|
104 # include <Navigation.h> /* Navigation only part of ?? */
|
|
|
105 #endif
|
|
|
106
|
|
593
|
107 /* Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported
|
|
|
108 * under Carbon (Jussi) */
|
|
|
109 # if 0
|
|
7
|
110 /* New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet.*/
|
|
593
|
111 # include <MacHelp.h>
|
|
|
112 # endif
|
|
7
|
113
|
|
|
114 /*
|
|
593
|
115 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in
|
|
|
116 * headers? (Jussi)
|
|
7
|
117 */
|
|
|
118 #define kNothing 0
|
|
|
119 #define kCreateEmpty 2 /*1*/
|
|
|
120 #define kCreateRect 2
|
|
|
121 #define kDestroy 3
|
|
|
122
|
|
|
123 /*
|
|
|
124 * Dany: Don't like those...
|
|
|
125 */
|
|
|
126 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0])
|
|
|
127 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1])
|
|
|
128
|
|
|
129
|
|
|
130 /* Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click */
|
|
|
131 static long lastMouseTick = 0;
|
|
|
132
|
|
|
133 /* ??? */
|
|
|
134 static RgnHandle cursorRgn;
|
|
|
135 static RgnHandle dragRgn;
|
|
|
136 static Rect dragRect;
|
|
|
137 static short dragRectEnbl;
|
|
|
138 static short dragRectControl;
|
|
|
139
|
|
|
140 /* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
|
141 * scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
|
142 * are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
|
143 * problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
|
144 */
|
|
|
145 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
147 /* Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) */
|
|
|
148 static short clickIsPopup;
|
|
|
149
|
|
|
150 /* Feedback Action for Scrollbar */
|
|
|
151 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction;
|
|
|
152 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag;
|
|
|
153
|
|
|
154 /* Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged */
|
|
|
155 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
156
|
|
1572
|
157 /* Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs */
|
|
|
158 static short *gDialogHotKeys;
|
|
|
159
|
|
13
|
160 static struct
|
|
|
161 {
|
|
|
162 FMFontFamily family;
|
|
|
163 FMFontSize size;
|
|
|
164 FMFontStyle style;
|
|
|
165 Boolean isPanelVisible;
|
|
|
166 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false };
|
|
593
|
167
|
|
766
|
168 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
169 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
170 int p_macatsui_last;
|
|
168
|
171 ATSUStyle gFontStyle;
|
|
1562
|
172 # ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
173 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle;
|
|
|
174 # endif
|
|
168
|
175 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet;
|
|
|
176 #endif
|
|
|
177
|
|
7
|
178 /* Colors Macros */
|
|
|
179 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b)
|
|
|
180 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16)
|
|
|
181 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8)
|
|
|
182 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0)
|
|
|
183
|
|
|
184 /* Key mapping */
|
|
|
185
|
|
|
186 #define vk_Esc 0x35 /* -> 1B */
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
188 #define vk_F1 0x7A /* -> 10 */
|
|
|
189 #define vk_F2 0x78 /*0x63*/
|
|
|
190 #define vk_F3 0x63 /*0x76*/
|
|
|
191 #define vk_F4 0x76 /*0x60*/
|
|
|
192 #define vk_F5 0x60 /*0x61*/
|
|
|
193 #define vk_F6 0x61 /*0x62*/
|
|
|
194 #define vk_F7 0x62 /*0x63*/ /*?*/
|
|
|
195 #define vk_F8 0x64
|
|
|
196 #define vk_F9 0x65
|
|
|
197 #define vk_F10 0x6D
|
|
|
198 #define vk_F11 0x67
|
|
|
199 #define vk_F12 0x6F
|
|
|
200 #define vk_F13 0x69
|
|
|
201 #define vk_F14 0x6B
|
|
|
202 #define vk_F15 0x71
|
|
|
203
|
|
|
204 #define vk_Clr 0x47 /* -> 1B (ESC) */
|
|
|
205 #define vk_Enter 0x4C /* -> 03 */
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
207 #define vk_Space 0x31 /* -> 20 */
|
|
|
208 #define vk_Tab 0x30 /* -> 09 */
|
|
|
209 #define vk_Return 0x24 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
210 /* This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? */
|
|
|
211 #define vk_Delete 0X08 /* -> 08 BackSpace */
|
|
|
212
|
|
|
213 #define vk_Help 0x72 /* -> 05 */
|
|
|
214 #define vk_Home 0x73 /* -> 01 */
|
|
|
215 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 /* -> 0D */
|
|
|
216 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 /* -> 7F */
|
|
|
217 #define vk_End 0x77 /* -> 04 */
|
|
|
218 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 /* -> 0C */
|
|
|
219
|
|
|
220 #define vk_Up 0x7E /* -> 1E */
|
|
|
221 #define vk_Down 0x7D /* -> 1F */
|
|
|
222 #define vk_Left 0x7B /* -> 1C */
|
|
|
223 #define vk_Right 0x7C /* -> 1D */
|
|
|
224
|
|
|
225 #define vk_Undo vk_F1
|
|
|
226 #define vk_Cut vk_F2
|
|
|
227 #define vk_Copy vk_F3
|
|
|
228 #define vk_Paste vk_F4
|
|
|
229 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13
|
|
|
230 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14
|
|
|
231 #define vk_Pause vk_F15
|
|
|
232 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr
|
|
|
233 #define vk_Insert vk_Help
|
|
|
234
|
|
|
235 #define KeySym char
|
|
|
236
|
|
|
237 static struct
|
|
|
238 {
|
|
|
239 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
240 char_u vim_code0;
|
|
|
241 char_u vim_code1;
|
|
|
242 } special_keys[] =
|
|
|
243 {
|
|
|
244 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
|
245 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
|
246 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
|
247 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
248
|
|
|
249 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
|
250 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
|
251 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
|
252 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
|
253 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
|
254 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
|
255 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
|
256 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
|
257 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
|
258 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
259
|
|
|
260 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
|
261 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
|
262 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
|
263 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
|
264 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
|
265
|
|
|
266 /* {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, */
|
|
|
267 /* {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, */
|
|
|
268 /* {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, */
|
|
|
269 #ifndef MACOS_X
|
|
|
270 {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
|
271 #endif
|
|
|
272 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
|
273 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
|
274 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
|
275 {vk_End, '@', '7'},
|
|
|
276 /* {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, */
|
|
|
277 /* {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, */
|
|
|
278 /* {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, */
|
|
|
279
|
|
|
280 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
|
281 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
283 /* End of list marker: */
|
|
|
284 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0}
|
|
|
285 };
|
|
|
286
|
|
|
287 /*
|
|
|
288 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
289 * Forward declaration (for those needed)
|
|
|
290 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
291 */
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
293 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
9
|
294 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
295 #endif
|
|
|
296
|
|
1106
|
297 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
298 static void initialise_tabline(void);
|
|
|
299 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h
|
|
|
300 #endif
|
|
|
301
|
|
1562
|
302 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
303 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font);
|
|
|
304 static void gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void);
|
|
|
305 #endif
|
|
|
306
|
|
7
|
307 /*
|
|
|
308 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
309 * Conversion Utility
|
|
|
310 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
311 */
|
|
|
312
|
|
|
313 /*
|
|
|
314 * C2Pascal_save
|
|
|
315 *
|
|
|
316 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
317 * into a pascal string
|
|
|
318 *
|
|
|
319 */
|
|
|
320
|
|
593
|
321 char_u *
|
|
|
322 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
323 {
|
|
|
324 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
325 int len;
|
|
|
326
|
|
|
327 if (Cstring == NULL)
|
|
|
328 return NULL;
|
|
|
329
|
|
|
330 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
332 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
333 len = 255;
|
|
|
334
|
|
|
335 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
336 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
337 {
|
|
|
338 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len);
|
|
|
339 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
340 }
|
|
|
341
|
|
|
342 return PascalString;
|
|
|
343 }
|
|
|
344
|
|
|
345 /*
|
|
|
346 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash
|
|
|
347 *
|
|
|
348 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in
|
|
|
349 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time
|
|
|
350 *
|
|
|
351 */
|
|
|
352
|
|
593
|
353 char_u *
|
|
|
354 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring)
|
|
7
|
355 {
|
|
|
356 char_u *PascalString;
|
|
|
357 int len;
|
|
|
358 char_u *p, *c;
|
|
|
359
|
|
|
360 len = STRLEN(Cstring);
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
362 if (len > 255) /* Truncate if necessary */
|
|
|
363 len = 255;
|
|
|
364
|
|
|
365 PascalString = alloc(len + 1);
|
|
|
366 if (PascalString != NULL)
|
|
|
367 {
|
|
|
368 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++)
|
|
|
369 {
|
|
|
370 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0))
|
|
|
371 {
|
|
|
372 c++;
|
|
|
373 }
|
|
|
374 *p = *c;
|
|
|
375 p++;
|
|
|
376 len++;
|
|
|
377 }
|
|
|
378 PascalString[0] = len;
|
|
|
379 }
|
|
|
380
|
|
|
381 return PascalString;
|
|
|
382 }
|
|
|
383
|
|
|
384 /*
|
|
|
385 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse)
|
|
|
386 */
|
|
|
387
|
|
|
388 int_u
|
|
|
389 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
390 {
|
|
|
391 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
392
|
|
|
393 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
394 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
395 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
396 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
397 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
398 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
399 #if 0
|
|
|
400 /* Not yet supported */
|
|
|
401 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
402 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD;
|
|
|
403 #endif
|
|
|
404 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
405 }
|
|
|
406
|
|
|
407 /*
|
|
|
408 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys)
|
|
|
409 */
|
|
|
410
|
|
|
411 static int_u
|
|
|
412 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers)
|
|
|
413 {
|
|
|
414 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00;
|
|
|
415
|
|
|
416 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey))
|
|
|
417 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
418 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey))
|
|
|
419 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
420 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey))
|
|
|
421 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
422 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
|
423 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) /* There's no rightCmdKey */
|
|
|
424 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD;
|
|
|
425 #endif
|
|
|
426 return (vimModifiers);
|
|
|
427 }
|
|
|
428
|
|
|
429 /* Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should
|
|
|
430 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or
|
|
|
431 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted
|
|
|
432 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this
|
|
|
433 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one.
|
|
|
434 *
|
|
|
435 * From gui_w48.c
|
|
|
436 */
|
|
|
437 static int
|
|
|
438 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical)
|
|
|
439 {
|
|
|
440 int pixels;
|
|
|
441 int points = 0;
|
|
|
442 int divisor = 0;
|
|
|
443
|
|
|
444 while (*str)
|
|
|
445 {
|
|
|
446 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0)
|
|
|
447 {
|
|
|
448 /* Start keeping a divisor, for later */
|
|
|
449 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
450 continue;
|
|
|
451 }
|
|
|
452
|
|
|
453 if (!isdigit(*str))
|
|
|
454 break;
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
456 points *= 10;
|
|
|
457 points += *str - '0';
|
|
|
458 divisor *= 10;
|
|
|
459
|
|
|
460 ++str;
|
|
|
461 }
|
|
|
462
|
|
|
463 if (divisor == 0)
|
|
|
464 divisor = 1;
|
|
|
465
|
|
|
466 pixels = points/divisor;
|
|
|
467 *end = str;
|
|
|
468 return pixels;
|
|
|
469 }
|
|
|
470
|
|
766
|
471 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
472 /*
|
|
|
473 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any
|
|
|
474 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title.
|
|
|
475 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string.
|
|
|
476 */
|
|
|
477 static CFStringRef
|
|
593
|
478 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
168
|
479 {
|
|
|
480 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
481 size_t menuTitleLen;
|
|
|
482 CFIndex displayLen;
|
|
|
483 CFRange mnemonicStart;
|
|
|
484 CFRange mnemonicEnd;
|
|
|
485 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName;
|
|
|
486
|
|
|
487 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname);
|
|
1621
|
488 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen);
|
|
168
|
489
|
|
|
490 if (name)
|
|
|
491 {
|
|
|
492 /* Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized
|
|
|
493 * mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text */
|
|
|
494 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards);
|
|
|
495 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name);
|
|
|
496
|
|
|
497 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound
|
|
|
498 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen
|
|
|
499 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name,
|
|
|
500 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic)
|
|
|
501 {
|
|
|
502 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"),
|
|
|
503 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1,
|
|
|
504 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1),
|
|
|
505 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) &&
|
|
|
506 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location)
|
|
|
507 {
|
|
|
508 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name);
|
|
|
509 if (cleanedName)
|
|
|
510 {
|
|
|
511 CFStringDelete(cleanedName,
|
|
|
512 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location,
|
|
|
513 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 -
|
|
|
514 mnemonicStart.location));
|
|
|
515
|
|
|
516 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
517 name = cleanedName;
|
|
|
518 }
|
|
|
519 }
|
|
|
520 }
|
|
|
521 }
|
|
|
522
|
|
|
523 return name;
|
|
|
524 }
|
|
|
525 #endif
|
|
|
526
|
|
7
|
527 /*
|
|
|
528 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname
|
|
|
529 * character strings.
|
|
|
530 */
|
|
|
531
|
|
593
|
532 char_u **
|
|
|
533 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error)
|
|
7
|
534 {
|
|
|
535 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
536 OSErr newError;
|
|
|
537 long fileCount;
|
|
|
538 FSSpec fileToOpen;
|
|
|
539 long actualSize;
|
|
|
540 AEKeyword dummyKeyword;
|
|
|
541 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
542
|
|
|
543 /* Get number of files in list */
|
|
|
544 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles);
|
|
|
545 if (*error)
|
|
1107
|
546 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
547
|
|
|
548 /* Allocate the pointer list */
|
|
|
549 fnames = (char_u **) alloc(*numFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
550
|
|
|
551 /* Empty out the list */
|
|
|
552 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
553 fnames[fileCount] = NULL;
|
|
|
554
|
|
|
555 /* Scan the list of FSSpec */
|
|
|
556 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++)
|
|
|
557 {
|
|
|
558 /* Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec */
|
|
|
559 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS,
|
|
|
560 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
561 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize);
|
|
|
562 if (newError)
|
|
|
563 {
|
|
|
564 /* Caller is able to clean up */
|
|
|
565 /* TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. */
|
|
1107
|
566 return fnames;
|
|
7
|
567 }
|
|
|
568
|
|
|
569 /* Convert the FSSpec to a pathname */
|
|
9
|
570 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen);
|
|
7
|
571 }
|
|
|
572
|
|
|
573 return (fnames);
|
|
|
574 }
|
|
|
575
|
|
|
576 /*
|
|
|
577 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
578 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support
|
|
|
579 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
580 */
|
|
|
581 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
582
|
|
|
583 /*
|
|
|
584 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
585 *
|
|
|
586 * Description
|
|
|
587 * -----------
|
|
|
588 *
|
|
|
589 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it
|
|
|
590 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor.
|
|
|
591 *
|
|
|
592 * Event Reply
|
|
|
593 * -----------
|
|
|
594 *
|
|
|
595 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
596 *
|
|
|
597 * Remarks
|
|
|
598 * -------
|
|
|
599 *
|
|
|
600 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified
|
|
|
601 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file
|
|
|
602 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is
|
|
9
|
603 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location.
|
|
7
|
604 *
|
|
|
605 */
|
|
|
606
|
|
|
607 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch;
|
|
|
608 struct WindowSearch /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
609 {
|
|
|
610 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
611 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time
|
|
|
612 };
|
|
|
613
|
|
9
|
614 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
615 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE(
|
|
|
616 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
617 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
618 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
619 {
|
|
|
620 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
621 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
622 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
623 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
624 WindowSearch SearchData;
|
|
|
625 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
626
|
|
|
627 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize);
|
|
|
628 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
629 return error;
|
|
7
|
630
|
|
9
|
631 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
632 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
633 return error;
|
|
7
|
634
|
|
|
635 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
636 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL
|
|
|
637 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID
|
|
|
638 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0]
|
|
|
639 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0)
|
|
|
640 {
|
|
|
641 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
642 break;
|
|
|
643 }
|
|
|
644
|
|
|
645 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
646 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
647 else
|
|
|
648 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
649
|
|
|
650 return error;
|
|
|
651 };
|
|
|
652
|
|
|
653 /*
|
|
|
654 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
655 *
|
|
|
656 * Description
|
|
|
657 * -----------
|
|
|
658 *
|
|
|
659 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to
|
|
|
660 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified.
|
|
|
661 *
|
|
|
662 * Parameters None.
|
|
|
663 * ----------
|
|
|
664 *
|
|
|
665 * Event Reply
|
|
|
666 * -----------
|
|
|
667 * The reply for this event is:
|
|
|
668 *
|
|
|
669 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required
|
|
|
670 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar
|
|
|
671 *
|
|
|
672 * Remarks
|
|
|
673 * -------
|
|
|
674 *
|
|
|
675 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for
|
|
|
676 * each open file that has been modified.
|
|
|
677 *
|
|
|
678 */
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
680 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo;
|
|
|
681 struct ModificationInfo /* for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList*/
|
|
|
682 {
|
|
|
683 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file
|
|
|
684 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified
|
|
|
685 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused
|
|
|
686 };
|
|
|
687
|
|
9
|
688 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
689 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE(
|
|
|
690 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
691 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
692 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
693 {
|
|
|
694 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
695 AEDescList replyList;
|
|
|
696 long numFiles;
|
|
|
697 ModificationInfo theFile;
|
|
|
698 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
699
|
|
|
700 theFile.saved = 0;
|
|
|
701
|
|
9
|
702 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
703 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
704 return error;
|
|
7
|
705
|
|
|
706 /* Send the reply */
|
|
|
707 /* replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull;
|
|
|
708 replyObject.dataHandle = nil;*/
|
|
|
709
|
|
|
710 /* AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) */
|
|
|
711 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList);
|
|
|
712 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
713 return error;
|
|
7
|
714
|
|
|
715 #if 0
|
|
|
716 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
9
|
717
|
|
|
718 /* AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc)
|
|
|
719 * AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType,
|
|
7
|
720 * sizeof(DescType))
|
|
|
721 */
|
|
|
722
|
|
|
723 /* AEPutDesc */
|
|
|
724 #endif
|
|
|
725
|
|
|
726 numFiles = 0;
|
|
|
727 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
728 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
729 {
|
|
|
730 /* Add this file to the list */
|
|
|
731 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
732 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
9
|
733 /* theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; */
|
|
|
734 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile));
|
|
7
|
735 };
|
|
|
736
|
|
|
737 #if 0
|
|
|
738 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles);
|
|
|
739 #endif
|
|
|
740
|
|
|
741 /* We can add data only if something to reply */
|
|
9
|
742 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList);
|
|
7
|
743
|
|
|
744 if (replyList.dataHandle)
|
|
|
745 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList);
|
|
|
746
|
|
|
747 return error;
|
|
|
748 };
|
|
|
749
|
|
|
750 /*
|
|
|
751 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior
|
|
|
752 *
|
|
|
753 * Description
|
|
|
754 * -----------
|
|
|
755 *
|
|
|
756 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs
|
|
|
757 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a
|
|
|
758 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to
|
|
|
759 * the source code contained in the file.
|
|
|
760 *
|
|
|
761 * Event Reply
|
|
|
762 * -----------
|
|
|
763 *
|
|
|
764 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received.
|
|
|
765 *
|
|
|
766 * Remarks
|
|
|
767 * -------
|
|
|
768 *
|
|
|
769 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle
|
|
|
770 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire
|
|
|
771 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in
|
|
|
772 * theText.
|
|
|
773 *
|
|
|
774 */
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
776 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText;
|
|
|
777 struct CW_GetText /* for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar*/
|
|
|
778 {
|
|
|
779 FSSpec theFile; /* identifies the file */
|
|
|
780 Handle theText; /* the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) */
|
|
|
781 long *unused; /* 0 (not used) */
|
|
|
782 long *theDate; /* where to put the modification date/time */
|
|
|
783 };
|
|
|
784
|
|
9
|
785 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
786 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE(
|
|
|
787 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
788 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
789 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
790 {
|
|
|
791 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
792 buf_T *buf;
|
|
|
793 int foundFile = false;
|
|
|
794 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
795 CW_GetText GetTextData;
|
|
|
796 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
797 char_u *line;
|
|
|
798 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL;
|
|
|
799 long linesize;
|
|
|
800 long lineStart;
|
|
|
801 long BufferSize;
|
|
|
802 long lineno;
|
|
|
803
|
|
|
804 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize);
|
|
|
805
|
|
|
806 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
807 return error;
|
|
7
|
808
|
|
|
809 for (buf = firstbuf; buf != NULL; buf = buf->b_next)
|
|
|
810 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL)
|
|
|
811 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID)
|
|
|
812 {
|
|
|
813 foundFile = true;
|
|
|
814 break;
|
|
|
815 }
|
|
|
816
|
|
|
817 if (foundFile)
|
|
|
818 {
|
|
9
|
819 BufferSize = 0; /* GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); */
|
|
7
|
820 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++)
|
|
|
821 {
|
|
|
822 /* Must use the right buffer */
|
|
|
823 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE);
|
|
|
824 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1;
|
|
|
825 lineStart = BufferSize;
|
|
|
826 BufferSize += linesize;
|
|
|
827 /* Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed */
|
|
9
|
828 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize);
|
|
|
829 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize)
|
|
7
|
830 {
|
|
|
831 break; /* Simple handling for now */
|
|
|
832 }
|
|
|
833 else
|
|
|
834 {
|
|
9
|
835 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
836 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText;
|
|
9
|
837 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line);
|
|
7
|
838 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r';
|
|
9
|
839 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
840 }
|
|
|
841 }
|
|
|
842 if (fullbuffer != NULL)
|
|
|
843 {
|
|
9
|
844 HLock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
845 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0;
|
|
9
|
846 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText);
|
|
7
|
847 }
|
|
|
848 if (foundFile == false)
|
|
|
849 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr;
|
|
|
850 else
|
|
9
|
851 /* *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0;*/
|
|
7
|
852 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
853 }
|
|
9
|
854
|
|
|
855 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
856
|
|
|
857 return error;
|
|
7
|
858 }
|
|
|
859
|
|
|
860 /*
|
|
|
861 *
|
|
|
862 */
|
|
|
863
|
|
|
864 /* Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers*/
|
|
593
|
865 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
866 FindProcessBySignature(
|
|
|
867 const OSType targetType,
|
|
|
868 const OSType targetCreator,
|
|
|
869 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr)
|
|
7
|
870 {
|
|
|
871 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
872 Boolean lookingForProcess = true;
|
|
|
873
|
|
|
874 ProcessInfoRec infoRec;
|
|
|
875
|
|
9
|
876 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec);
|
|
7
|
877 infoRec.processName = nil;
|
|
|
878 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil;
|
|
|
879
|
|
|
880 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
881 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess;
|
|
|
882
|
|
9
|
883 while (lookingForProcess)
|
|
7
|
884 {
|
|
9
|
885 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr);
|
|
|
886 if (anErr != noErr)
|
|
7
|
887 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
888 else
|
|
|
889 {
|
|
9
|
890 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec);
|
|
|
891 if ((anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
892 && (infoRec.processType == targetType)
|
|
|
893 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator))
|
|
7
|
894 lookingForProcess = false;
|
|
|
895 }
|
|
|
896 }
|
|
|
897
|
|
|
898 return anErr;
|
|
|
899 }//end FindProcessBySignature
|
|
|
900
|
|
9
|
901 void
|
|
|
902 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf)
|
|
7
|
903 {
|
|
9
|
904 OSErr anErr = noErr;
|
|
|
905 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
7
|
906 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess };
|
|
|
907 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
908 AESendMode sendMode;
|
|
|
909 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil };
|
|
|
910 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil;
|
|
|
911 ModificationInfo ModData;
|
|
|
912
|
|
|
913
|
|
9
|
914 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn);
|
|
|
915 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
916 {
|
|
9
|
917 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn,
|
|
|
918 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc);
|
|
|
919
|
|
|
920 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
7
|
921 {
|
|
|
922 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc,
|
|
|
923 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent);
|
|
|
924 }
|
|
|
925
|
|
9
|
926 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc);
|
|
7
|
927
|
|
|
928 /* Add the parms */
|
|
|
929 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec;
|
|
|
930 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime;
|
|
|
931
|
|
|
932 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
9
|
933 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData));
|
|
|
934
|
|
|
935 if (idleProcUPP == nil)
|
|
7
|
936 sendMode = kAENoReply;
|
|
|
937 else
|
|
|
938 sendMode = kAEWaitReply;
|
|
|
939
|
|
9
|
940 if (anErr == noErr)
|
|
|
941 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil);
|
|
|
942 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply)
|
|
7
|
943 {
|
|
9
|
944 /* anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply);*/
|
|
7
|
945 }
|
|
9
|
946 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply);
|
|
7
|
947 }
|
|
|
948 }
|
|
|
949 #endif /* FEAT_CW_EDITOR */
|
|
|
950
|
|
|
951 /*
|
|
|
952 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
953 * Apple Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
954 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
955 */
|
|
|
956 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
957
|
|
|
958 /*
|
|
|
959 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent
|
|
|
960 */
|
|
|
961
|
|
9
|
962 OSErr
|
|
|
963 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent)
|
|
7
|
964 {
|
|
|
965 OSErr error;
|
|
|
966 long actualSize;
|
|
|
967 DescType dummyType;
|
|
|
968 AEKeyword missedKeyword;
|
|
|
969
|
|
|
970 /* Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. */
|
|
|
971 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr,
|
|
|
972 typeKeyword, &dummyType,
|
|
|
973 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword),
|
|
|
974 &actualSize);
|
|
|
975
|
|
|
976 /* If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. */
|
|
|
977 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
978 {
|
|
|
979 error = noErr;
|
|
|
980 }
|
|
|
981 else
|
|
|
982 {
|
|
|
983 #if 0
|
|
|
984 /* Why is this removed? */
|
|
|
985 error = errAEEventNotHandled;
|
|
|
986 #endif
|
|
|
987 }
|
|
|
988
|
|
|
989 return error;
|
|
|
990 }
|
|
|
991
|
|
|
992
|
|
|
993 /*
|
|
|
994 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent
|
|
|
995 *
|
|
|
996 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon.
|
|
|
997 *
|
|
|
998 */
|
|
|
999
|
|
|
1000 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange;
|
|
|
1001 struct SelectionRange /* for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar */
|
|
|
1002 {
|
|
|
1003 short unused1; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1004 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range)
|
|
|
1005 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1006 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0)
|
|
|
1007 long unused2; // 0 (not used)
|
|
|
1008 long theDate; // modification date/time
|
|
|
1009 };
|
|
|
1010
|
|
|
1011 /* The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed-
|
|
|
1012 itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text
|
|
|
1013 to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in
|
|
|
1014 startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll
|
|
|
1015 the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and
|
|
|
1016 endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified.
|
|
|
1017 */
|
|
|
1018
|
|
9
|
1019 pascal OSErr
|
|
|
1020 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1021 {
|
|
|
1022 /*
|
|
|
1023 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into
|
|
|
1024 * a ":args"
|
|
|
1025 */
|
|
|
1026 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1027 // OSErr firstError = noErr;
|
|
|
1028 // short numErrors = 0;
|
|
|
1029 AEDesc theList;
|
|
|
1030 DescType typeCode;
|
|
|
1031 long numFiles;
|
|
|
1032 // long fileCount;
|
|
|
1033 char_u **fnames;
|
|
|
1034 // char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
1035 Size actualSize;
|
|
|
1036 SelectionRange thePosition;
|
|
|
1037 short gotPosition = false;
|
|
|
1038 long lnum;
|
|
|
1039
|
|
|
1040 /* the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) */
|
|
|
1041 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList);
|
|
|
1042 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1043 return error;
|
|
7
|
1044
|
|
|
1045
|
|
|
1046 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize);
|
|
|
1047 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
1048 gotPosition = true;
|
|
|
1049 if (error == errAEDescNotFound)
|
|
|
1050 error = noErr;
|
|
|
1051 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1052 return error;
|
|
7
|
1053
|
|
|
1054 /*
|
|
|
1055 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition);
|
|
|
1056
|
|
|
1057 if (^error) then
|
|
|
1058 {
|
|
|
1059 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1060 {
|
|
|
1061 // Goto this line
|
|
|
1062 }
|
|
|
1063 else
|
|
|
1064 {
|
|
|
1065 // Set the range char wise
|
|
|
1066 }
|
|
|
1067 }
|
|
|
1068 */
|
|
|
1069
|
|
|
1070
|
|
|
1071 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1072 reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
1073 #endif
|
|
|
1074
|
|
|
1075 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
1076
|
|
|
1077 if (error)
|
|
|
1078 {
|
|
|
1079 /* TODO: empty fnames[] first */
|
|
|
1080 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
1081 return (error);
|
|
|
1082 }
|
|
|
1083
|
|
|
1084 if (starting > 0)
|
|
|
1085 {
|
|
|
1086 int i;
|
|
|
1087 char_u *p;
|
|
1409
|
1088 int fnum = -1;
|
|
7
|
1089
|
|
|
1090 /* these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon */
|
|
|
1091 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++)
|
|
|
1092 {
|
|
|
1093 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL
|
|
|
1094 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL)
|
|
|
1095 mch_exit(2);
|
|
|
1096 else
|
|
|
1097 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2);
|
|
1409
|
1098 if (fnum == -1)
|
|
|
1099 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum;
|
|
|
1100 }
|
|
|
1101
|
|
|
1102 /* If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch
|
|
|
1103 * to it. */
|
|
|
1104 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum)
|
|
|
1105 {
|
|
|
1106 char_u cmd[30];
|
|
|
1107
|
|
|
1108 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum);
|
|
|
1109 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd);
|
|
7
|
1110 }
|
|
816
|
1111
|
|
|
1112 /* Change directory to the location of the first file. */
|
|
|
1113 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0])) == OK)
|
|
|
1114 shorten_fnames(TRUE);
|
|
|
1115
|
|
7
|
1116 goto finished;
|
|
|
1117 }
|
|
|
1118
|
|
|
1119 /* Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file */
|
|
|
1120 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE);
|
|
|
1121
|
|
|
1122 /* TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly */
|
|
|
1123 if ((numFiles == 1) & (gotPosition))
|
|
|
1124 {
|
|
|
1125 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0)
|
|
|
1126 {
|
|
37
|
1127 lnum = thePosition.lineNum + 1;
|
|
7
|
1128 /* oap->motion_type = MLINE;
|
|
|
1129 setpcmark();*/
|
|
|
1130 if (lnum < 1L)
|
|
|
1131 lnum = 1L;
|
|
|
1132 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count)
|
|
|
1133 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count;
|
|
|
1134 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum;
|
|
37
|
1135 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0;
|
|
7
|
1136 /* beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX);*/
|
|
|
1137 }
|
|
|
1138 else
|
|
|
1139 goto_byte(thePosition.startRange + 1);
|
|
|
1140 }
|
|
|
1141
|
|
|
1142 /* Update the screen display */
|
|
|
1143 update_screen(NOT_VALID);
|
|
37
|
1144 #ifdef FEAT_VISUAL
|
|
|
1145 /* Select the text if possible */
|
|
|
1146 if (gotPosition)
|
|
|
1147 {
|
|
168
|
1148 VIsual_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
1149 VIsual_select = FALSE;
|
|
|
1150 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor;
|
|
|
1151 if (thePosition.lineNum < 0)
|
|
37
|
1152 {
|
|
168
|
1153 VIsual_mode = 'v';
|
|
|
1154 goto_byte(thePosition.endRange);
|
|
|
1155 }
|
|
|
1156 else
|
|
37
|
1157 {
|
|
168
|
1158 VIsual_mode = 'V';
|
|
|
1159 VIsual.col = 0;
|
|
|
1160 }
|
|
37
|
1161 }
|
|
|
1162 #endif
|
|
7
|
1163 setcursor();
|
|
|
1164 out_flush();
|
|
|
1165
|
|
37
|
1166 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
1167 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
1168
|
|
1107
|
1169 finished:
|
|
7
|
1170 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); /* dispose what we allocated */
|
|
|
1171
|
|
9
|
1172 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1173 return error;
|
|
7
|
1174 }
|
|
|
1175
|
|
|
1176 /*
|
|
|
1177 *
|
|
|
1178 */
|
|
|
1179
|
|
9
|
1180 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1181 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE(
|
|
|
1182 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1183 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1184 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1185 {
|
|
|
1186 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1187
|
|
9
|
1188 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1189 return error;
|
|
7
|
1190 }
|
|
|
1191
|
|
|
1192 /*
|
|
|
1193 *
|
|
|
1194 */
|
|
|
1195
|
|
9
|
1196 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1197 Handle_aevt_quit_AE(
|
|
|
1198 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1199 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1200 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1201 {
|
|
|
1202 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1203
|
|
9
|
1204 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
7
|
1205 if (error)
|
|
1107
|
1206 return error;
|
|
7
|
1207
|
|
|
1208 /* Need to fake a :confirm qa */
|
|
|
1209 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa");
|
|
|
1210
|
|
1107
|
1211 return error;
|
|
7
|
1212 }
|
|
|
1213
|
|
|
1214 /*
|
|
|
1215 *
|
|
|
1216 */
|
|
|
1217
|
|
9
|
1218 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1219 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE(
|
|
|
1220 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1221 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1222 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1223 {
|
|
|
1224 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1225
|
|
9
|
1226 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1227
|
|
|
1228 return error;
|
|
7
|
1229 }
|
|
|
1230
|
|
|
1231 /*
|
|
|
1232 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent
|
|
|
1233 *
|
|
|
1234 * (Just get rid of all the parms)
|
|
|
1235 */
|
|
9
|
1236 pascal OSErr
|
|
593
|
1237 Handle_unknown_AE(
|
|
|
1238 const AppleEvent *theAEvent,
|
|
|
1239 AppleEvent *theReply,
|
|
|
1240 long refCon)
|
|
7
|
1241 {
|
|
|
1242 OSErr error = noErr;
|
|
|
1243
|
|
9
|
1244 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent);
|
|
1107
|
1245
|
|
|
1246 return error;
|
|
7
|
1247 }
|
|
|
1248
|
|
|
1249
|
|
|
1250 /*
|
|
|
1251 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers
|
|
|
1252 */
|
|
9
|
1253 OSErr
|
|
|
1254 InstallAEHandlers(void)
|
|
7
|
1255 {
|
|
|
1256 OSErr error;
|
|
|
1257
|
|
|
1258 /* install open application handler */
|
|
|
1259 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication,
|
|
593
|
1260 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1261 if (error)
|
|
|
1262 {
|
|
|
1263 return error;
|
|
|
1264 }
|
|
|
1265
|
|
|
1266 /* install quit application handler */
|
|
|
1267 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication,
|
|
593
|
1268 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1269 if (error)
|
|
|
1270 {
|
|
|
1271 return error;
|
|
|
1272 }
|
|
|
1273
|
|
|
1274 /* install open document handler */
|
|
|
1275 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1276 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1277 if (error)
|
|
|
1278 {
|
|
|
1279 return error;
|
|
|
1280 }
|
|
|
1281
|
|
|
1282 /* install print document handler */
|
|
|
1283 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments,
|
|
593
|
1284 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1285
|
|
|
1286 /* Install Core Suite */
|
|
|
1287 /* error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone,
|
|
593
|
1288 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1289
|
|
|
1290 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose,
|
|
593
|
1291 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1292
|
|
|
1293 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements,
|
|
593
|
1294 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1295
|
|
|
1296 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement,
|
|
593
|
1297 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1298
|
|
|
1299 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete,
|
|
593
|
1300 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1301
|
|
|
1302 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist,
|
|
593
|
1303 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1304
|
|
|
1305 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData,
|
|
593
|
1306 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false);
|
|
7
|
1307
|
|
|
1308 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize,
|
|
593
|
1309 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false);
|
|
7
|
1310
|
|
|
1311 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo,
|
|
593
|
1312 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1313
|
|
|
1314 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo,
|
|
593
|
1315 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1316
|
|
|
1317 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove,
|
|
593
|
1318 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1319
|
|
|
1320 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave,
|
|
593
|
1321 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1322
|
|
|
1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData,
|
|
593
|
1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false);
|
|
7
|
1325 */
|
|
|
1326
|
|
|
1327 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR
|
|
|
1328 /*
|
|
|
1329 * Bind codewarrior support handlers
|
|
|
1330 */
|
|
|
1331 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX',
|
|
593
|
1332 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1333 if (error)
|
|
|
1334 {
|
|
|
1335 return error;
|
|
|
1336 }
|
|
|
1337 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH',
|
|
593
|
1338 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1339 if (error)
|
|
|
1340 {
|
|
|
1341 return error;
|
|
|
1342 }
|
|
|
1343 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ',
|
|
593
|
1344 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false);
|
|
7
|
1345 if (error)
|
|
|
1346 {
|
|
|
1347 return error;
|
|
|
1348 }
|
|
|
1349 #endif
|
|
|
1350
|
|
|
1351 return error;
|
|
|
1352
|
|
|
1353 }
|
|
|
1354 #endif /* USE_AEVENT */
|
|
|
1355
|
|
13
|
1356
|
|
|
1357 /*
|
|
|
1358 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below,
|
|
|
1359 * to handle Font Panel events.
|
|
|
1360 */
|
|
|
1361 static OSStatus
|
|
593
|
1362 FontPanelHandler(
|
|
|
1363 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef,
|
|
|
1364 EventRef inEvent,
|
|
|
1365 void *inUserData)
|
|
13
|
1366 {
|
|
|
1367 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed)
|
|
|
1368 {
|
|
|
1369 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false;
|
|
|
1370 return noErr;
|
|
|
1371 }
|
|
|
1372
|
|
|
1373 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection)
|
|
|
1374 {
|
|
|
1375 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
1376 FMFontFamily newFamily;
|
|
|
1377 FMFontSize newSize;
|
|
|
1378 FMFontStyle newStyle;
|
|
|
1379
|
|
|
1380 /* Retrieve the font family ID number. */
|
|
|
1381 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily,
|
|
|
1382 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1383 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL,
|
|
|
1384 &newFamily);
|
|
|
1385 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1386 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily;
|
|
|
1387
|
|
|
1388 /* Retrieve the font size. */
|
|
|
1389 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize,
|
|
|
1390 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize);
|
|
|
1391 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1392 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize;
|
|
|
1393
|
|
|
1394 /* Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. */
|
|
|
1395 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle,
|
|
|
1396 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle);
|
|
|
1397 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
1398 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle;
|
|
|
1399 }
|
|
|
1400 return noErr;
|
|
|
1401 }
|
|
|
1402
|
|
|
1403
|
|
|
1404 static void
|
|
593
|
1405 InstallFontPanelHandler(void)
|
|
13
|
1406 {
|
|
|
1407 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2];
|
|
|
1408 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP;
|
|
|
1409 /* EventHandlerRef handlerRef; */
|
|
|
1410
|
|
|
1411 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1412 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection;
|
|
|
1413 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont;
|
|
|
1414 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed;
|
|
|
1415
|
|
|
1416 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler);
|
|
|
1417
|
|
|
1418 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes,
|
|
|
1419 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL);
|
|
|
1420 }
|
|
|
1421
|
|
|
1422
|
|
|
1423 /*
|
|
|
1424 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size
|
|
|
1425 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel.
|
|
|
1426 */
|
|
168
|
1427 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32
|
|
13
|
1428 static void
|
|
501
|
1429 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName)
|
|
13
|
1430 {
|
|
168
|
1431 Str255 buf;
|
|
|
1432 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0;
|
|
|
1433 ATSUFontID fid;
|
|
|
1434 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
13
|
1435
|
|
|
1436 if (!outName)
|
|
|
1437 return;
|
|
|
1438
|
|
168
|
1439 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr)
|
|
|
1440 {
|
|
|
1441 /* Canonicalize localized font names */
|
|
|
1442 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family,
|
|
|
1443 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
|
1444 return;
|
|
|
1445
|
|
|
1446 /* Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could
|
|
|
1447 * get an unwanted utf-16 name) */
|
|
|
1448 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform,
|
|
|
1449 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
501
|
1450 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr)
|
|
168
|
1451 return;
|
|
|
1452
|
|
|
1453 /* Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is
|
|
|
1454 * already part of the font full name */
|
|
501
|
1455 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d",
|
|
168
|
1456 gFontPanelInfo.size/*,
|
|
|
1457 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""),
|
|
|
1458 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""),
|
|
|
1459 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/);
|
|
|
1460
|
|
|
1461 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255)
|
|
|
1462 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString);
|
|
|
1463 }
|
|
|
1464 else
|
|
|
1465 {
|
|
501
|
1466 *outName = NUL;
|
|
168
|
1467 }
|
|
13
|
1468 }
|
|
|
1469
|
|
|
1470
|
|
7
|
1471 /*
|
|
|
1472 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1473 * Unfiled yet
|
|
|
1474 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1475 */
|
|
|
1476
|
|
|
1477 /*
|
|
|
1478 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index
|
|
|
1479 *
|
|
|
1480 * Returns the index inside the menu wher
|
|
|
1481 */
|
|
|
1482 short /* Shoulde we return MenuItemIndex? */
|
|
593
|
1483 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1484 {
|
|
|
1485 short index;
|
|
|
1486 short itemIndex = -1;
|
|
|
1487 vimmenu_T *pBrother;
|
|
|
1488
|
|
|
1489 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1490 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1491 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1492 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1493 *
|
|
|
1494 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1495 */
|
|
|
1496 if (pMenu->parent)
|
|
|
1497 {
|
|
|
1498 /* Start from the Oldest Brother */
|
|
|
1499 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children;
|
|
|
1500 index = 1;
|
|
|
1501 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1))
|
|
|
1502 {
|
|
|
1503 if (pBrother == pMenu)
|
|
|
1504 itemIndex = index;
|
|
|
1505 index++;
|
|
|
1506 pBrother = pBrother->next;
|
|
|
1507 }
|
|
|
1508 }
|
|
|
1509 return itemIndex;
|
|
|
1510 }
|
|
|
1511
|
|
|
1512 static vimmenu_T *
|
|
593
|
1513 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu)
|
|
7
|
1514 {
|
|
|
1515 short index;
|
|
|
1516 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1517 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent;
|
|
|
1518
|
|
|
1519
|
|
|
1520 /* Only menu without parent are the:
|
|
|
1521 * -menu in the menubar
|
|
|
1522 * -popup menu
|
|
|
1523 * -toolbar (guess)
|
|
|
1524 *
|
|
|
1525 * Which are not items anyway.
|
|
|
1526 */
|
|
|
1527
|
|
|
1528 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID))
|
|
|
1529 {
|
|
|
1530 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++)
|
|
|
1531 pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
|
1532 }
|
|
|
1533 else
|
|
|
1534 {
|
|
|
1535 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next)
|
|
|
1536 {
|
|
|
1537 if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
|
1538 {
|
|
|
1539 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu
|
|
|
1540 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children);
|
|
|
1541 if (pChildMenu)
|
|
|
1542 {
|
|
|
1543 pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
|
1544 break;
|
|
|
1545 }
|
|
|
1546 }
|
|
|
1547 }
|
|
|
1548 }
|
|
|
1549 return pMenu;
|
|
|
1550 }
|
|
|
1551
|
|
|
1552 /*
|
|
|
1553 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1554 * MacOS Feedback procedures
|
|
|
1555 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1556 */
|
|
|
1557 pascal
|
|
|
1558 void
|
|
9
|
1559 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1560 {
|
|
|
1561 scrollbar_T *sb;
|
|
|
1562 int value, dragging;
|
|
|
1563 ControlHandle theControlToUse;
|
|
|
1564 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1565
|
|
|
1566 theControlToUse = dragged_sb;
|
|
|
1567
|
|
9
|
1568 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse));
|
|
7
|
1569
|
|
|
1570 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1571 return;
|
|
|
1572
|
|
|
1573 /* Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos */
|
|
9
|
1574 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse);
|
|
7
|
1575 dragging = (partCode != 0);
|
|
|
1576
|
|
|
1577 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1578 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1579 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1580 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1581 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1582 }
|
|
|
1583
|
|
|
1584 pascal
|
|
|
1585 void
|
|
9
|
1586 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode)
|
|
7
|
1587 {
|
|
|
1588 /* TODO: have live support */
|
|
|
1589 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
|
1590 long data;
|
|
|
1591 long value;
|
|
|
1592 int page;
|
|
|
1593 int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
|
1594 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
|
1595
|
|
9
|
1596 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl));
|
|
7
|
1597
|
|
|
1598 if (sb == NULL)
|
|
|
1599 return;
|
|
|
1600
|
|
|
1601 if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
|
1602 {
|
|
|
1603 /*
|
|
|
1604 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
|
1605 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
|
1606 * gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
|
1607 */
|
|
|
1608 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
|
1609
|
|
|
1610 if (sb_info->size > 5)
|
|
|
1611 page = sb_info->size - 2; /* use two lines of context */
|
|
|
1612 else
|
|
|
1613 page = sb_info->size;
|
|
|
1614 }
|
|
|
1615 else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
|
1616 {
|
|
|
1617 sb_info = sb;
|
|
|
1618 page = W_WIDTH(curwin) - 5;
|
|
|
1619 }
|
|
|
1620
|
|
|
1621 switch (partCode)
|
|
|
1622 {
|
|
|
1623 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break;
|
|
|
1624 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break;
|
|
|
1625 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break;
|
|
|
1626 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break;
|
|
|
1627 default: data = 0; break;
|
|
|
1628 }
|
|
|
1629
|
|
|
1630 value = sb_info->value + data;
|
|
|
1631 /* if (value > sb_info->max)
|
|
|
1632 value = sb_info->max;
|
|
|
1633 else if (value < 0)
|
|
|
1634 value = 0;*/
|
|
|
1635
|
|
|
1636 /* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
|
1637 * position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
|
1638 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
1639 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging);
|
|
|
1640 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
1641
|
|
|
1642 out_flush();
|
|
|
1643 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1644
|
|
|
1645 /* if (sb_info->wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1646 {
|
|
|
1647 win_T *wp;
|
|
|
1648 int sb_num;
|
|
|
1649
|
|
|
1650 sb_num = 0;
|
|
|
1651 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp))
|
|
|
1652 sb_num++;
|
|
|
1653
|
|
|
1654 if (wp != NULL)
|
|
|
1655 {
|
|
|
1656 current_scrollbar = sb_num;
|
|
|
1657 scrollbar_value = value;
|
|
|
1658 gui_do_scroll();
|
|
|
1659 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max);
|
|
|
1660 }
|
|
|
1661 }*/
|
|
|
1662 }
|
|
|
1663
|
|
|
1664 /*
|
|
|
1665 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1666 * MacOS Click Handling procedures
|
|
|
1667 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1668 */
|
|
|
1669
|
|
|
1670
|
|
|
1671 /*
|
|
|
1672 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the
|
|
|
1673 * scrollbar or the contents.
|
|
|
1674 *
|
|
|
1675 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR
|
|
|
1676 */
|
|
|
1677 void
|
|
593
|
1678 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1679 {
|
|
|
1680 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
1681 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
1682 short thePortion;
|
|
|
1683 ControlHandle theControl;
|
|
|
1684 int vimMouseButton;
|
|
|
1685 short dblClick;
|
|
|
1686
|
|
|
1687 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
1688 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
|
1689 SelectWindow(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1690
|
|
|
1691 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl);
|
|
7
|
1692
|
|
|
1693 if (theControl != NUL)
|
|
|
1694 {
|
|
|
1695 /* We hit a scollbar */
|
|
|
1696
|
|
|
1697 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart)
|
|
|
1698 {
|
|
|
1699 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1700 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction);
|
|
|
1701 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1702 }
|
|
|
1703 else
|
|
|
1704 {
|
|
|
1705 dragged_sb = theControl;
|
|
|
1706 #if 1
|
|
|
1707 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag);
|
|
|
1708 #else
|
|
|
1709 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL);
|
|
|
1710 #endif
|
|
|
1711 /* pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse
|
|
|
1712 * button has been released */
|
|
9
|
1713 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); /* Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) */
|
|
7
|
1714 dragged_sb = NULL;
|
|
|
1715 }
|
|
|
1716 }
|
|
|
1717 else
|
|
|
1718 {
|
|
|
1719 /* We are inside the contents */
|
|
|
1720
|
|
|
1721 /* Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key */
|
|
|
1722 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
1723
|
|
|
1724 /* Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button */
|
|
|
1725 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
|
1726
|
|
|
1727 /* Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT */
|
|
593
|
1728 /* TODO: NEEDED? */
|
|
7
|
1729 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
1730
|
|
1292
|
1731 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent))
|
|
|
1732 {
|
|
|
1733 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
|
1734 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
1735 clickIsPopup = TRUE;
|
|
|
1736 }
|
|
7
|
1737
|
|
|
1738 /* Is it a double click ? */
|
|
|
1739 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime());
|
|
|
1740
|
|
593
|
1741 /* Send the mouse click to Vim */
|
|
7
|
1742 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
1743 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
1744
|
|
|
1745 /* Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect
|
|
|
1746 * the mouse dragging
|
|
|
1747 */
|
|
|
1748 #if 0
|
|
|
1749 /* TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu?
|
|
|
1750 * It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup?
|
|
|
1751 */
|
|
|
1752 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
|
1753 #endif
|
|
|
1754 {
|
|
9
|
1755 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
1756 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
1757 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
1758 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
1759
|
|
|
1760 dragRectEnbl = TRUE;
|
|
|
1761 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
1762 }
|
|
|
1763 }
|
|
|
1764 }
|
|
|
1765
|
|
|
1766 /*
|
|
|
1767 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window)
|
|
|
1768 */
|
|
|
1769 void
|
|
593
|
1770 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1771 {
|
|
|
1772 Rect movingLimits;
|
|
|
1773 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits;
|
|
|
1774
|
|
|
1775 /* TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? */
|
|
9
|
1776 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits);
|
|
|
1777 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr);
|
|
7
|
1778 }
|
|
|
1779
|
|
|
1780 /*
|
|
|
1781 * Handle the click in the grow box
|
|
|
1782 */
|
|
|
1783 void
|
|
593
|
1784 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1785 {
|
|
|
1786
|
|
|
1787 long newSize;
|
|
|
1788 unsigned short newWidth;
|
|
|
1789 unsigned short newHeight;
|
|
|
1790 Rect resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1791 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits;
|
|
|
1792 Rect NewContentRect;
|
|
|
1793
|
|
9
|
1794 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits);
|
|
7
|
1795
|
|
1212
|
1796 /* Set the minimum size */
|
|
7
|
1797 /* TODO: Should this come from Vim? */
|
|
|
1798 resizeLimits.top = 100;
|
|
|
1799 resizeLimits.left = 100;
|
|
|
1800
|
|
|
1801 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect);
|
|
|
1802 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left;
|
|
|
1803 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top;
|
|
|
1804 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight);
|
|
|
1805 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1806 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1807 }
|
|
|
1808
|
|
|
1809 /*
|
|
|
1810 * Handle the click in the zoom box
|
|
|
1811 */
|
|
|
1812 static void
|
|
593
|
1813 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow)
|
|
7
|
1814 {
|
|
|
1815 Rect r;
|
|
|
1816 Point p;
|
|
|
1817 short thePart;
|
|
|
1818
|
|
|
1819 /* ideal width is current */
|
|
|
1820 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1821 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
1822 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1823 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT])
|
|
|
1824 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width;
|
|
|
1825 /* ideal height is as heigh as we can get */
|
|
|
1826 p.v = 15 * 1024;
|
|
|
1827
|
|
|
1828 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r)
|
|
|
1829 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut;
|
|
|
1830
|
|
|
1831 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart))
|
|
|
1832 return;
|
|
|
1833
|
|
|
1834 /* use returned width */
|
|
|
1835 p.h = r.right - r.left;
|
|
|
1836 /* adjust returned height */
|
|
|
1837 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset;
|
|
|
1838 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM])
|
|
|
1839 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1840 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height;
|
|
|
1841 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
1842 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]);
|
|
|
1843 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height;
|
|
|
1844
|
|
|
1845 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p);
|
|
|
1846
|
|
|
1847 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
1848 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
1849 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
812
|
1850 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH);
|
|
7
|
1851 }
|
|
|
1852
|
|
|
1853 /*
|
|
|
1854 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1855 * MacOS Event Handling procedure
|
|
|
1856 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
1857 */
|
|
|
1858
|
|
|
1859 /*
|
|
|
1860 * Handle the Update Event
|
|
|
1861 */
|
|
|
1862
|
|
|
1863 void
|
|
593
|
1864 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1865 {
|
|
|
1866 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1867 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
1868 RgnHandle updateRgn;
|
|
|
1869 Rect updateRect;
|
|
|
1870 Rect *updateRectPtr;
|
|
|
1871 Rect rc;
|
|
|
1872 Rect growRect;
|
|
|
1873 RgnHandle saveRgn;
|
|
|
1874
|
|
|
1875
|
|
|
1876 updateRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1877 if (updateRgn == NULL)
|
|
|
1878 return;
|
|
|
1879
|
|
|
1880 /* This could be done by the caller as we
|
|
|
1881 * don't require anything else out of the event
|
|
|
1882 */
|
|
|
1883 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
|
1884
|
|
|
1885 /* Save Current Port */
|
|
9
|
1886 GetPort(&savePort);
|
|
7
|
1887
|
|
|
1888 /* Select the Window's Port */
|
|
9
|
1889 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1890
|
|
|
1891 /* Let's update the window */
|
|
9
|
1892 BeginUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1893 /* Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area
|
|
|
1894 * to be updated.
|
|
|
1895 */
|
|
|
1896 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn);
|
|
|
1897 # if 0
|
|
1212
|
1898 /* Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't
|
|
7
|
1899 * seem to work under MacOS X (Dany)
|
|
|
1900 */
|
|
|
1901 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn);
|
|
|
1902 # endif
|
|
593
|
1903
|
|
7
|
1904 /* Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful?*/
|
|
9
|
1905 HLock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
593
|
1906
|
|
9
|
1907 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect);
|
|
7
|
1908 # if 0
|
|
|
1909 /* Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion.
|
|
|
1910 * I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany)
|
|
|
1911 */
|
|
|
1912 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); /* preCarbon? */
|
|
|
1913 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect));
|
|
|
1914 # endif
|
|
|
1915 /* Update the content (i.e. the text) */
|
|
|
1916 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top,
|
|
|
1917 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left,
|
|
|
1918 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top);
|
|
|
1919 /* Clear the border areas if needed */
|
|
|
1920 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
1921 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0))
|
|
|
1922 {
|
|
9
|
1923 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
|
1924 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1925 }
|
|
|
1926 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0))
|
|
|
1927 {
|
|
9
|
1928 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0));
|
|
|
1929 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1930 }
|
|
|
1931 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns))
|
|
|
1932 {
|
|
9
|
1933 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0,
|
|
7
|
1934 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows));
|
|
9
|
1935 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1936 }
|
|
|
1937 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows))
|
|
|
1938 {
|
|
9
|
1939 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset,
|
|
7
|
1940 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset);
|
|
9
|
1941 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
1942 }
|
|
9
|
1943 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn);
|
|
|
1944 DisposeRgn(updateRgn);
|
|
7
|
1945
|
|
|
1946 /* Update scrollbars */
|
|
9
|
1947 DrawControls(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1948
|
|
|
1949 /* Update the GrowBox */
|
|
|
1950 /* Taken from FAQ 33-27 */
|
|
|
1951 saveRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
1952 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect);
|
|
9
|
1953 GetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1954 ClipRect(&growRect);
|
|
|
1955 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow);
|
|
|
1956 SetClip(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1957 DisposeRgn(saveRgn);
|
|
|
1958 EndUpdate(whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
1959
|
|
|
1960 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
1961 SetPort(savePort);
|
|
7
|
1962 }
|
|
|
1963
|
|
|
1964 /*
|
|
|
1965 * Handle the activate/deactivate event
|
|
|
1966 * (apply to a window)
|
|
|
1967 */
|
|
|
1968 void
|
|
593
|
1969 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1970 {
|
|
|
1971 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
1972
|
|
|
1973 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message;
|
|
1292
|
1974 /* Dim scrollbars */
|
|
|
1975 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow)
|
|
7
|
1976 {
|
|
1562
|
1977 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
|
1978 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
|
1979 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag)
|
|
|
1980 ActivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
|
1981 else
|
|
|
1982 DeactivateControl(rootControl);
|
|
7
|
1983 }
|
|
1292
|
1984
|
|
|
1985 /* Activate */
|
|
|
1986 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag);
|
|
7
|
1987 }
|
|
|
1988
|
|
|
1989
|
|
|
1990 /*
|
|
|
1991 * Handle the suspend/resume event
|
|
|
1992 * (apply to the application)
|
|
|
1993 */
|
|
|
1994 void
|
|
593
|
1995 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
1996 {
|
|
|
1997 /* The frontmost application just changed */
|
|
|
1998
|
|
|
1999 /* NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate
|
|
|
2000 * seen on MacOS X
|
|
|
2001 */
|
|
|
2002
|
|
|
2003 /* May not need to change focus as the window will
|
|
1212
|
2004 * get an activate/deactivate event
|
|
7
|
2005 */
|
|
|
2006 if (event->message & 1)
|
|
|
2007 /* Resume */
|
|
|
2008 gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
|
2009 else
|
|
|
2010 /* Suspend */
|
|
|
2011 gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
|
2012 }
|
|
|
2013
|
|
|
2014 /*
|
|
|
2015 * Handle the key
|
|
|
2016 */
|
|
168
|
2017 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
2018 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2019 gui_mac_handle_window_activate(
|
|
|
2020 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2021 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2022 void *data)
|
|
|
2023 {
|
|
|
2024 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent);
|
|
|
2025 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent);
|
|
|
2026
|
|
|
2027 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow)
|
|
|
2028 {
|
|
|
2029 switch (eventKind)
|
|
|
2030 {
|
|
|
2031 case kEventWindowActivated:
|
|
|
2032 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
2033 im_on_window_switch(TRUE);
|
|
|
2034 #endif
|
|
|
2035 return noErr;
|
|
|
2036
|
|
|
2037 case kEventWindowDeactivated:
|
|
|
2038 #if defined(USE_IM_CONTROL)
|
|
|
2039 im_on_window_switch(FALSE);
|
|
|
2040 #endif
|
|
|
2041 return noErr;
|
|
|
2042 }
|
|
|
2043 }
|
|
|
2044
|
|
|
2045 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2046 }
|
|
|
2047
|
|
|
2048 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2049 gui_mac_handle_text_input(
|
|
|
2050 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2051 EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2052 void *data)
|
|
|
2053 {
|
|
|
2054 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent);
|
|
|
2055 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent);
|
|
|
2056
|
|
|
2057 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput)
|
|
|
2058 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2059
|
|
|
2060 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2061 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2062 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2063 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) &&
|
|
|
2064 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind))
|
|
|
2065 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2066
|
|
|
2067 switch (eventKind)
|
|
|
2068 {
|
|
|
2069 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea:
|
|
|
2070 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2071 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent:
|
|
|
2072 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2073
|
|
|
2074 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos:
|
|
|
2075 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset:
|
|
|
2076 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText:
|
|
|
2077 break;
|
|
|
2078 }
|
|
|
2079
|
|
|
2080 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2081 }
|
|
|
2082
|
|
|
2083 static pascal
|
|
|
2084 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area(
|
|
|
2085 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
|
2086 EventRef theEvent)
|
|
|
2087 {
|
|
|
2088 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
2089 }
|
|
|
2090
|
|
|
2091 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; /* TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the
|
|
|
2092 keys */
|
|
857
|
2093
|
|
168
|
2094 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80
|
|
|
2095 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
1562
|
2096 gui_mac_unicode_key_event(
|
|
593
|
2097 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler,
|
|
1562
|
2098 EventRef theEvent)
|
|
168
|
2099 {
|
|
|
2100 /* Multibyte-friendly key event handler */
|
|
1012
|
2101 OSStatus err = -1;
|
|
168
|
2102 UInt32 actualSize;
|
|
|
2103 UniChar *text;
|
|
|
2104 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE];
|
|
|
2105 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2106 UInt32 key_sym;
|
|
|
2107 char charcode;
|
|
|
2108 int key_char;
|
|
1012
|
2109 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers;
|
|
168
|
2110 size_t encLen;
|
|
|
2111 char_u *to = NULL;
|
|
|
2112 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE;
|
|
|
2113 int i;
|
|
1562
|
2114 EventRef keyEvent;
|
|
168
|
2115
|
|
|
2116 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2117 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2118 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2119
|
|
1012
|
2120 /* Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. */
|
|
|
2121 if (dialog_busy)
|
|
1562
|
2122 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2123
|
|
|
2124 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
1562
|
2125 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL))
|
|
|
2126 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2127
|
|
|
2128 text = (UniChar *)alloc(actualSize);
|
|
|
2129 if (!text)
|
|
1562
|
2130 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
1012
|
2131
|
|
|
2132 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText,
|
|
1562
|
2133 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text);
|
|
1012
|
2134 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2135
|
|
|
2136 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent,
|
|
1562
|
2137 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent);
|
|
1012
|
2138 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2139
|
|
|
2140 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
1562
|
2141 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers);
|
|
1012
|
2142 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2143
|
|
|
2144 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode,
|
|
1562
|
2145 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym);
|
|
1012
|
2146 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2147
|
|
|
2148 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes,
|
|
1562
|
2149 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode);
|
|
1012
|
2150 require_noerr(err, done);
|
|
|
2151
|
|
168
|
2152 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY
|
|
1012
|
2153 if (modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
1562
|
2154 goto done; /* Let system handle Cmd+... */
|
|
168
|
2155 #endif
|
|
1012
|
2156
|
|
|
2157 key_char = charcode;
|
|
|
2158 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers);
|
|
|
2159
|
|
|
2160 /* Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) */
|
|
|
2161 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) &&
|
|
1562
|
2162 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f)))
|
|
|
2163 {
|
|
|
2164 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i)
|
|
|
2165 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2166 {
|
|
|
2167 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2168 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
|
2169 key_char = simplify_key(key_char,
|
|
|
2170 (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2171 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2172 break;
|
|
|
2173 }
|
|
168
|
2174 }
|
|
1012
|
2175
|
|
|
2176 /* Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c */
|
|
|
2177 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') ||
|
|
1562
|
2178 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.'))
|
|
|
2179 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
1012
|
2180
|
|
|
2181 if (!isSpecial)
|
|
|
2182 {
|
|
1562
|
2183 /* remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g.,
|
|
|
2184 * '(' and '*' */
|
|
|
2185 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char))
|
|
|
2186 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2187
|
|
|
2188 /* remove CTRL from keys that already have it */
|
|
|
2189 if (key_char < 0x20)
|
|
|
2190 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
2191
|
|
|
2192 /* don't process unicode characters here */
|
|
|
2193 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2194 {
|
|
|
2195 /* Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers
|
|
|
2196 * taken liberally from gui_w48.c */
|
|
|
2197 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2198
|
|
|
2199 /* Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
|
2200 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2201 if (key_char == CSI)
|
|
|
2202 key_char = K_CSI;
|
|
|
2203
|
|
|
2204 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2205 isSpecial = TRUE;
|
|
|
2206 }
|
|
1012
|
2207 }
|
|
|
2208
|
|
|
2209 if (vimModifiers)
|
|
|
2210 {
|
|
1562
|
2211 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2212 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2213 result[len++] = vimModifiers;
|
|
1012
|
2214 }
|
|
|
2215
|
|
|
2216 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
|
2217 {
|
|
1562
|
2218 result[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2219 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2220 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
1012
|
2221 }
|
|
|
2222 else
|
|
|
2223 {
|
|
1562
|
2224 encLen = actualSize;
|
|
|
2225 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen);
|
|
|
2226 if (to)
|
|
|
2227 {
|
|
|
2228 /* This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() */
|
|
|
2229 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i)
|
|
|
2230 {
|
|
|
2231 result[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2232 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2233 {
|
|
|
2234 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2235 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2236 }
|
|
|
2237 }
|
|
|
2238 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2239 }
|
|
1012
|
2240 }
|
|
|
2241
|
|
|
2242 add_to_input_buf(result, len);
|
|
|
2243 err = noErr;
|
|
|
2244
|
|
|
2245 done:
|
|
|
2246 vim_free(text);
|
|
|
2247 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
2248 {
|
|
1562
|
2249 /* Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get
|
|
|
2250 * key repeat working */
|
|
|
2251 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2252 return noErr;
|
|
1012
|
2253 }
|
|
|
2254
|
|
|
2255 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
168
|
2256 }
|
|
|
2257 #else
|
|
7
|
2258 void
|
|
|
2259 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
|
2260 {
|
|
|
2261 /* TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY */
|
|
|
2262 long menu;
|
|
|
2263 unsigned char string[20];
|
|
|
2264 short num, i;
|
|
|
2265 short len = 0;
|
|
|
2266 KeySym key_sym;
|
|
|
2267 int key_char;
|
|
|
2268 int modifiers;
|
|
26
|
2269 int simplify = FALSE;
|
|
7
|
2270
|
|
|
2271 /* Mask the mouse (as per user setting) */
|
|
|
2272 if (p_mh)
|
|
|
2273 ObscureCursor();
|
|
|
2274
|
|
|
2275 /* Get the key code and it's ASCII representation */
|
|
|
2276 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8);
|
|
|
2277 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask;
|
|
|
2278 num = 1;
|
|
|
2279
|
|
|
2280 /* Intercept CTRL-C */
|
|
|
2281 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey)
|
|
9
|
2282 {
|
|
7
|
2283 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
|
2284 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
9
|
2285 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0
|
|
|
2286 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6'))
|
|
|
2287 {
|
|
|
2288 /* CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. */
|
|
|
2289 if (key_char == '2')
|
|
|
2290 key_char = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
|
2291 else
|
|
|
2292 key_char = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
|
2293 theEvent->modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2294 }
|
|
|
2295 }
|
|
7
|
2296
|
|
|
2297 /* Intercept CMD-. */
|
|
|
2298 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2299 if (key_char == '.')
|
|
|
2300 got_int = TRUE;
|
|
|
2301
|
|
|
2302 /* Handle command key as per menu */
|
|
|
2303 /* TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' */
|
|
|
2304 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey)
|
|
|
2305 /* Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button.
|
|
|
2306 * Why the mouse button? */
|
|
|
2307 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0)
|
|
|
2308 {
|
|
|
2309 menu = MenuKey(key_char);
|
|
|
2310 if (HiWord(menu))
|
|
|
2311 {
|
|
|
2312 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu);
|
|
|
2313 return;
|
|
|
2314 }
|
|
|
2315 }
|
|
|
2316
|
|
|
2317 /* Convert the modifiers */
|
|
|
2318 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2319
|
|
|
2320
|
|
|
2321 /* Handle special keys. */
|
|
|
2322 #if 0
|
|
26
|
2323 /* Why has this been removed? */
|
|
7
|
2324 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey)))
|
|
|
2325 #endif
|
|
|
2326 {
|
|
|
2327 /* Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) */
|
|
|
2328 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f))
|
|
|
2329 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
2330 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym)
|
|
|
2331 {
|
|
|
2332 # if 0
|
|
|
2333 /* We currently don't have not so special key */
|
|
|
2334 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
|
2335 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
|
2336 else
|
|
|
2337 # endif
|
|
9
|
2338 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
|
2339 special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
26
|
2340 simplify = TRUE;
|
|
7
|
2341 break;
|
|
|
2342 }
|
|
|
2343 }
|
|
|
2344
|
|
26
|
2345 /* For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. */
|
|
|
2346 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ')
|
|
|
2347 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers);
|
|
7
|
2348
|
|
|
2349 /* Add the modifier to the input bu if needed */
|
|
|
2350 /* Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier */
|
|
|
2351 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)
|
|
|
2352 && key_sym != vk_Space
|
|
|
2353 && key_sym != vk_Tab
|
|
|
2354 && key_sym != vk_Return
|
|
|
2355 && key_sym != vk_Enter
|
|
|
2356 && key_sym != vk_Esc)
|
|
|
2357 {
|
|
|
2358 #if 1
|
|
|
2359 /* Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set */
|
|
9
|
2360 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
2361 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
2362 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT))
|
|
7
|
2363 modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
2364 #else
|
|
9
|
2365 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
7
|
2366 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
9
|
2367 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT)
|
|
7
|
2368 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
9
|
2369 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
7
|
2370 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2371 #endif
|
|
|
2372 }
|
|
9
|
2373 if (modifiers)
|
|
7
|
2374 {
|
|
9
|
2375 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2376 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
|
2377 string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
7
|
2378 }
|
|
|
2379
|
|
9
|
2380 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char))
|
|
7
|
2381 {
|
|
9
|
2382 string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
|
2383 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char);
|
|
|
2384 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char);
|
|
7
|
2385 }
|
|
|
2386 else
|
|
|
2387 {
|
|
|
2388 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
9
|
2389 /* Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1).
|
|
|
2390 * This doesn't work for the NUL byte. */
|
|
|
2391 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0)
|
|
7
|
2392 {
|
|
|
2393 char_u from[2], *to;
|
|
|
2394 int l;
|
|
|
2395
|
|
|
2396 from[0] = key_char;
|
|
|
2397 from[1] = NUL;
|
|
|
2398 l = 1;
|
|
|
2399 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l);
|
|
|
2400 if (to != NULL)
|
|
|
2401 {
|
|
|
2402 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++)
|
|
|
2403 {
|
|
|
2404 if (to[i] == CSI)
|
|
|
2405 {
|
|
|
2406 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2407 string[len++] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2408 }
|
|
|
2409 else
|
|
|
2410 string[len++] = to[i];
|
|
|
2411 }
|
|
|
2412 vim_free(to);
|
|
|
2413 }
|
|
|
2414 else
|
|
|
2415 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2416 }
|
|
|
2417 else
|
|
|
2418 #endif
|
|
|
2419 string[len++] = key_char;
|
|
|
2420 }
|
|
|
2421
|
|
|
2422 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI)
|
|
|
2423 {
|
|
|
2424 /* Turn CSI into K_CSI. */
|
|
|
2425 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
|
2426 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI;
|
|
|
2427 }
|
|
|
2428
|
|
|
2429 add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
|
2430 }
|
|
168
|
2431 #endif
|
|
7
|
2432
|
|
|
2433 /*
|
|
|
2434 * Handle MouseClick
|
|
|
2435 */
|
|
|
2436 void
|
|
593
|
2437 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2438 {
|
|
|
2439 short thePart;
|
|
|
2440 WindowPtr whichWindow;
|
|
|
2441
|
|
9
|
2442 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2443
|
|
1106
|
2444 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
2445 /* prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a
|
|
|
2446 click into the tab pane */
|
|
|
2447 if (whichWindow == drawer)
|
|
1562
|
2448 return;
|
|
1106
|
2449 #endif
|
|
|
2450
|
|
7
|
2451 switch (thePart)
|
|
|
2452 {
|
|
|
2453 case (inDesk):
|
|
|
2454 /* TODO: what to do? */
|
|
|
2455 break;
|
|
|
2456
|
|
|
2457 case (inMenuBar):
|
|
9
|
2458 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where));
|
|
7
|
2459 break;
|
|
|
2460
|
|
|
2461 case (inContent):
|
|
9
|
2462 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2463 break;
|
|
|
2464
|
|
|
2465 case (inDrag):
|
|
9
|
2466 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2467 break;
|
|
|
2468
|
|
|
2469 case (inGrow):
|
|
9
|
2470 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow);
|
|
7
|
2471 break;
|
|
|
2472
|
|
|
2473 case (inGoAway):
|
|
|
2474 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where))
|
|
|
2475 gui_shell_closed();
|
|
|
2476 break;
|
|
|
2477
|
|
|
2478 case (inZoomIn):
|
|
|
2479 case (inZoomOut):
|
|
|
2480 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow);
|
|
|
2481 break;
|
|
|
2482 }
|
|
|
2483 }
|
|
|
2484
|
|
|
2485 /*
|
|
|
2486 * Handle MouseMoved
|
|
|
2487 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region]
|
|
|
2488 */
|
|
|
2489 void
|
|
593
|
2490 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2491 {
|
|
|
2492 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2493 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2494
|
|
|
2495 thePoint = event->where;
|
|
9
|
2496 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2497 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers);
|
|
|
2498
|
|
|
2499 if (!Button())
|
|
9
|
2500 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v);
|
|
7
|
2501 else
|
|
|
2502 if (!clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2503 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h,
|
|
|
2504 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
|
2505
|
|
|
2506 /* Reset the region from which we move in and out */
|
|
9
|
2507 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)),
|
|
7
|
2508 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)),
|
|
|
2509 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1),
|
|
|
2510 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1));
|
|
|
2511
|
|
|
2512 if (dragRectEnbl)
|
|
|
2513 dragRectControl = kCreateRect;
|
|
|
2514
|
|
|
2515 }
|
|
|
2516
|
|
|
2517 /*
|
|
|
2518 * Handle the mouse release
|
|
|
2519 */
|
|
|
2520 void
|
|
593
|
2521 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent)
|
|
7
|
2522 {
|
|
|
2523 Point thePoint;
|
|
|
2524 int_u vimModifiers;
|
|
|
2525
|
|
|
2526 /* TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up */
|
|
|
2527 /* Potential source of the double menu */
|
|
|
2528 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when;
|
|
|
2529 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2530 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2531 thePoint = theEvent->where;
|
|
9
|
2532 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint);
|
|
7
|
2533
|
|
|
2534 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers);
|
|
|
2535 if (clickIsPopup)
|
|
|
2536 {
|
|
|
2537 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2538 clickIsPopup = FALSE;
|
|
|
2539 }
|
|
9
|
2540 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers);
|
|
7
|
2541 }
|
|
|
2542
|
|
|
2543 static pascal OSStatus
|
|
|
2544 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent,
|
|
|
2545 void *data)
|
|
|
2546 {
|
|
|
2547 Point point;
|
|
|
2548 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
2549 UInt32 mod;
|
|
|
2550 SInt32 delta;
|
|
|
2551 int_u vim_mod;
|
|
939
|
2552 EventMouseWheelAxis axis;
|
|
|
2553
|
|
|
2554 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis,
|
|
|
2555 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis)
|
|
|
2556 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY)
|
|
|
2557 goto bail; /* Vim only does up-down scrolling */
|
|
7
|
2558
|
|
|
2559 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta,
|
|
|
2560 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta))
|
|
|
2561 goto bail;
|
|
|
2562 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation,
|
|
|
2563 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point))
|
|
|
2564 goto bail;
|
|
|
2565 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers,
|
|
|
2566 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod))
|
|
|
2567 goto bail;
|
|
|
2568
|
|
|
2569 vim_mod = 0;
|
|
|
2570 if (mod & shiftKey)
|
|
|
2571 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
|
2572 if (mod & controlKey)
|
|
|
2573 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
|
2574 if (mod & optionKey)
|
|
|
2575 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
2576
|
|
|
2577 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds))
|
|
|
2578 {
|
|
|
2579 point.h -= bounds.left;
|
|
|
2580 point.v -= bounds.top;
|
|
|
2581 }
|
|
|
2582
|
|
|
2583 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5,
|
|
|
2584 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod);
|
|
|
2585
|
|
1668
|
2586 /* post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent */
|
|
|
2587 PostEvent(keyUp, 0);
|
|
|
2588
|
|
7
|
2589 return noErr;
|
|
|
2590
|
|
1107
|
2591 bail:
|
|
7
|
2592 /*
|
|
|
2593 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform
|
|
|
2594 * it's actions
|
|
|
2595 */
|
|
|
2596 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent);
|
|
|
2597 }
|
|
|
2598
|
|
|
2599 #if 0
|
|
|
2600
|
|
|
2601 /*
|
|
|
2602 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu
|
|
|
2603 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get
|
|
|
2604 * the menu that we should display
|
|
|
2605 */
|
|
|
2606 void
|
|
|
2607 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event)
|
|
|
2608 EventRecord *event;
|
|
|
2609 {
|
|
|
2610 /*
|
|
|
2611 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
2612 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
2613 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
2614 */
|
|
|
2615
|
|
|
2616 // Call to Handle Popup
|
|
|
2617 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
|
2618
|
|
|
2619 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
2620 return;
|
|
|
2621
|
|
|
2622 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
2623 {
|
|
|
2624 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
2625 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
|
2626 /* But what about the current menu, is the meny changed by ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
2627 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
2628 }
|
|
|
2629 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
2630 {
|
|
|
2631 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
2632 }
|
|
|
2633
|
|
|
2634 }
|
|
|
2635 #endif
|
|
|
2636
|
|
|
2637 /*
|
|
|
2638 * Handle menubar selection
|
|
|
2639 */
|
|
|
2640 void
|
|
593
|
2641 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice)
|
|
7
|
2642 {
|
|
|
2643 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2644 short item = LoWord(menuChoice);
|
|
|
2645 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu;
|
|
|
2646
|
|
|
2647 if (menu == 256) /* TODO: use constant or gui.xyz */
|
|
|
2648 {
|
|
|
2649 if (item == 1)
|
|
|
2650 gui_mch_beep(); /* TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro */
|
|
|
2651 }
|
|
|
2652 else if (item != 0)
|
|
|
2653 {
|
|
|
2654 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu);
|
|
|
2655
|
|
|
2656 if (theVimMenu)
|
|
|
2657 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu);
|
|
|
2658 }
|
|
9
|
2659 HiliteMenu(0);
|
|
7
|
2660 }
|
|
|
2661
|
|
|
2662 /*
|
|
|
2663 * Dispatch the event to proper handler
|
|
|
2664 */
|
|
|
2665
|
|
|
2666 void
|
|
593
|
2667 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event)
|
|
7
|
2668 {
|
|
|
2669 OSErr error;
|
|
|
2670
|
|
|
2671 /* Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) */
|
|
1292
|
2672 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event))
|
|
|
2673 {
|
|
7
|
2674 # if 0
|
|
1562
|
2675 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event);
|
|
7
|
2676 # else
|
|
1562
|
2677 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2678 # endif
|
|
1562
|
2679 return;
|
|
1292
|
2680 }
|
|
7
|
2681
|
|
|
2682 /* Handle normal event */
|
|
|
2683 switch (event->what)
|
|
|
2684 {
|
|
168
|
2685 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
7
|
2686 case (keyDown):
|
|
|
2687 case (autoKey):
|
|
9
|
2688 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2689 break;
|
|
168
|
2690 #endif
|
|
7
|
2691 case (keyUp):
|
|
857
|
2692 /* We don't care about when the key is released */
|
|
7
|
2693 break;
|
|
|
2694
|
|
|
2695 case (mouseDown):
|
|
|
2696 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event);
|
|
|
2697 break;
|
|
|
2698
|
|
|
2699 case (mouseUp):
|
|
|
2700 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event);
|
|
|
2701 break;
|
|
|
2702
|
|
|
2703 case (updateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2704 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2705 break;
|
|
|
2706
|
|
|
2707 case (diskEvt):
|
|
|
2708 /* We don't need special handling for disk insertion */
|
|
|
2709 break;
|
|
|
2710
|
|
|
2711 case (activateEvt):
|
|
9
|
2712 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2713 break;
|
|
|
2714
|
|
|
2715 case (osEvt):
|
|
|
2716 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF)
|
|
|
2717 {
|
|
|
2718 case (0xFA): /* mouseMovedMessage */
|
|
9
|
2719 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2720 break;
|
|
|
2721 case (0x01): /* suspendResumeMessage */
|
|
9
|
2722 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event);
|
|
7
|
2723 break;
|
|
|
2724 }
|
|
|
2725 break;
|
|
|
2726
|
|
|
2727 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2728 case (kHighLevelEvent):
|
|
|
2729 /* Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents */
|
|
|
2730 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); /* TODO: Error Handling */
|
|
|
2731 break;
|
|
|
2732 #endif
|
|
|
2733 }
|
|
|
2734 }
|
|
|
2735
|
|
|
2736 /*
|
|
|
2737 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2738 * Unknown Stuff
|
|
|
2739 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2740 */
|
|
|
2741
|
|
|
2742
|
|
|
2743 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
2744 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
7
|
2745 {
|
|
|
2746 char_u c;
|
|
|
2747 char_u *p;
|
|
|
2748 char_u pFontName[256];
|
|
|
2749 Str255 systemFontname;
|
|
|
2750 short font_id;
|
|
|
2751 short size=9;
|
|
|
2752 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
2753 #if 0
|
|
|
2754 char_u *fontNamePtr;
|
|
|
2755 #endif
|
|
|
2756
|
|
|
2757 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++)
|
|
|
2758 ;
|
|
|
2759
|
|
|
2760 c = *p;
|
|
|
2761 *p = 0;
|
|
|
2762
|
|
|
2763 #if 1
|
|
|
2764 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name);
|
|
|
2765 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name);
|
|
|
2766 *p = c;
|
|
|
2767
|
|
168
|
2768 /* Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) */
|
|
|
2769 char_u fontName[256];
|
|
|
2770 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':');
|
|
|
2771 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName);
|
|
|
2772 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen);
|
|
|
2773
|
|
|
2774 ATSUFontID fontRef;
|
|
|
2775 FMFontStyle fontStyle;
|
|
|
2776 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2777
|
|
|
2778 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName,
|
|
|
2779 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode,
|
|
|
2780 &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2781 {
|
|
|
2782 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2783 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2784 }
|
|
13
|
2785
|
|
|
2786 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2787 {
|
|
|
2788 /*
|
|
|
2789 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name
|
|
|
2790 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used
|
|
|
2791 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't).
|
|
|
2792 */
|
|
|
2793 int i, changed = FALSE;
|
|
|
2794
|
|
|
2795 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i)
|
|
|
2796 {
|
|
|
2797 if (pFontName[i] == '_')
|
|
|
2798 {
|
|
|
2799 pFontName[i] = ' ';
|
|
|
2800 changed = TRUE;
|
|
|
2801 }
|
|
|
2802 }
|
|
|
2803 if (changed)
|
|
168
|
2804 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0],
|
|
|
2805 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode,
|
|
|
2806 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr)
|
|
|
2807 {
|
|
|
2808 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
2809 font_id = 0;
|
|
|
2810 }
|
|
13
|
2811 }
|
|
|
2812
|
|
7
|
2813 #else
|
|
|
2814 /* name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); */
|
|
|
2815 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name);
|
|
|
2816
|
|
9
|
2817 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id);
|
|
7
|
2818 #endif
|
|
|
2819
|
|
|
2820
|
|
|
2821 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
2822 {
|
|
|
2823 /* Oups, the system font was it the one the user want */
|
|
|
2824
|
|
168
|
2825 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr)
|
|
|
2826 return NOFONT;
|
|
7
|
2827 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false))
|
|
|
2828 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
2829 }
|
|
|
2830 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2831 {
|
|
|
2832 p++;
|
|
|
2833 /* Set the values found after ':' */
|
|
|
2834 while (*p)
|
|
|
2835 {
|
|
|
2836 switch (*p++)
|
|
|
2837 {
|
|
|
2838 case 'h':
|
|
|
2839 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE);
|
|
|
2840 break;
|
|
|
2841 /*
|
|
|
2842 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles
|
|
|
2843 */
|
|
|
2844 }
|
|
|
2845 while (*p == ':')
|
|
|
2846 p++;
|
|
|
2847 }
|
|
|
2848 }
|
|
|
2849
|
|
|
2850 if (size < 1)
|
|
|
2851 size = 1; /* Avoid having a size of 0 with system font */
|
|
|
2852
|
|
|
2853 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
2854
|
|
|
2855 return font;
|
|
|
2856 }
|
|
|
2857
|
|
|
2858 /*
|
|
|
2859 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
1212
|
2860 * GUI_MCH functionality
|
|
7
|
2861 * ------------------------------------------------------------
|
|
|
2862 */
|
|
|
2863
|
|
|
2864 /*
|
|
|
2865 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
|
2866 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
|
2867 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
|
2868 */
|
|
|
2869 void
|
|
593
|
2870 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
7
|
2871 {
|
|
|
2872 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
|
2873 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2874 FSSpec applDir;
|
|
|
2875 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
|
2876 short applVRefNum;
|
|
|
2877 long applDirID;
|
|
|
2878 Str255 volName;
|
|
|
2879 # else
|
|
|
2880 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
2881 FSRef applFSRef;
|
|
|
2882 # endif
|
|
|
2883 #endif
|
|
|
2884
|
|
|
2885 #if 0
|
|
|
2886 InitCursor();
|
|
|
2887
|
|
|
2888 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
2889
|
|
|
2890 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
2891 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
2892 #endif
|
|
|
2893
|
|
9
|
2894 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
2895
|
|
|
2896 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
2897
|
|
|
2898 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
2899
|
|
|
2900 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
2901
|
|
|
2902
|
|
|
2903 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
2904 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2905 #else
|
|
9
|
2906 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
2907 #endif
|
|
|
2908
|
|
|
2909
|
|
|
2910 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass,
|
|
|
2911 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute,
|
|
9
|
2912 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
2913 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
2914
|
|
|
2915 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
2916 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
2917 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
2918 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
2919 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
2920 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
2921
|
|
9
|
2922 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
2923 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
7
|
2924
|
|
|
2925 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
2926 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
2927 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
2928 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
2929 #endif
|
|
|
2930 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME
|
|
|
2931 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH
|
|
9
|
2932 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID);
|
|
7
|
2933 /* TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum */
|
|
9
|
2934 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir);
|
|
7
|
2935 # else
|
|
|
2936 /* OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr)
|
|
|
2937 * of TN2015
|
|
|
2938 */
|
|
9
|
2939 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn);
|
|
7
|
2940 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2941
|
|
9
|
2942 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef);
|
|
7
|
2943 /* if (err != noErr) return err; */
|
|
|
2944
|
|
9
|
2945 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL);
|
|
7
|
2946
|
|
|
2947 /* This technic return NIL when we disallow_gui */
|
|
|
2948 # endif
|
|
9
|
2949 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir);
|
|
7
|
2950 #endif
|
|
|
2951 }
|
|
|
2952
|
|
|
2953 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI
|
|
|
2954 /*
|
|
|
2955 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced.
|
|
|
2956 * Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
|
2957 */
|
|
|
2958 int
|
|
|
2959 gui_mch_init_check(void)
|
|
|
2960 {
|
|
|
2961 /* TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in
|
|
|
2962 * using the >console
|
|
|
2963 */
|
|
|
2964 if (disallow_gui) /* see main.c for reason to disallow */
|
|
|
2965 return FAIL;
|
|
|
2966 return OK;
|
|
|
2967 }
|
|
|
2968 #endif
|
|
|
2969
|
|
|
2970 static OSErr
|
|
1107
|
2971 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag)
|
|
7
|
2972 {
|
|
|
2973 int x, y;
|
|
|
2974 int_u modifiers;
|
|
|
2975 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
2976 int count;
|
|
|
2977 int i, j;
|
|
|
2978
|
|
|
2979 /* Get drop position, modifiers and count of items */
|
|
|
2980 {
|
|
|
2981 Point point;
|
|
|
2982 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers;
|
|
|
2983 UInt16 countItem;
|
|
|
2984
|
|
|
2985 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL);
|
|
|
2986 GlobalToLocal(&point);
|
|
|
2987 x = point.h;
|
|
|
2988 y = point.v;
|
|
|
2989 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2990 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers);
|
|
|
2991 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem);
|
|
|
2992 count = countItem;
|
|
|
2993 }
|
|
|
2994
|
|
|
2995 fnames = (char_u **)alloc(count * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
2996 if (fnames == NULL)
|
|
|
2997 return dragNotAcceptedErr;
|
|
|
2998
|
|
|
2999 /* Get file names dropped */
|
|
|
3000 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i)
|
|
|
3001 {
|
|
|
3002 DragItemRef item;
|
|
|
3003 OSErr err;
|
|
|
3004 Size size;
|
|
|
3005 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS;
|
|
|
3006 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor;
|
|
|
3007
|
|
|
3008 fnames[i] = NULL;
|
|
|
3009 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item);
|
|
|
3010 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size);
|
|
|
3011 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor))
|
|
|
3012 continue;
|
|
|
3013 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0);
|
|
|
3014 if (err != noErr)
|
|
|
3015 continue;
|
|
|
3016 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec);
|
|
|
3017 }
|
|
|
3018 count = j;
|
|
|
3019
|
|
|
3020 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count);
|
|
37
|
3021
|
|
|
3022 /* Fake mouse event to wake from stall */
|
|
|
3023 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0);
|
|
|
3024
|
|
7
|
3025 return noErr;
|
|
|
3026 }
|
|
|
3027
|
|
|
3028 /*
|
|
|
3029 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
|
3030 * etc.
|
|
|
3031 */
|
|
|
3032 int
|
|
593
|
3033 gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
7
|
3034 {
|
|
|
3035 /* TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init */
|
|
1565
|
3036 Rect windRect;
|
|
|
3037 MenuHandle pomme;
|
|
7
|
3038 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef;
|
|
1562
|
3039 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec;
|
|
1565
|
3040 ControlRef rootControl;
|
|
168
|
3041
|
|
|
3042 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr)
|
|
593
|
3043 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; /* TODO: Default to minimum sensible value */
|
|
168
|
3044
|
|
7
|
3045 #if 1
|
|
|
3046 InitCursor();
|
|
|
3047
|
|
|
3048 RegisterAppearanceClient();
|
|
|
3049
|
|
|
3050 #ifdef USE_AEVENT
|
|
|
3051 (void) InstallAEHandlers();
|
|
|
3052 #endif
|
|
|
3053
|
|
9
|
3054 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); /* 0x14= = Apple Menu */
|
|
|
3055
|
|
|
3056 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM");
|
|
|
3057
|
|
|
3058 InsertMenu(pomme, 0);
|
|
7
|
3059
|
|
|
3060 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
3061
|
|
|
3062
|
|
|
3063 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW
|
|
9
|
3064 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3065 #else
|
|
9
|
3066 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11);
|
|
7
|
3067 #endif
|
|
|
3068
|
|
|
3069 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true,
|
|
|
3070 zoomDocProc,
|
|
|
3071 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0);
|
|
1292
|
3072 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl);
|
|
7
|
3073 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler,
|
|
|
3074 gui.VimWindow, NULL);
|
|
9
|
3075 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
3076
|
|
|
3077 gui.char_width = 7;
|
|
|
3078 gui.char_height = 11;
|
|
|
3079 gui.char_ascent = 6;
|
|
|
3080 gui.num_rows = 24;
|
|
|
3081 gui.num_cols = 80;
|
|
|
3082 gui.in_focus = TRUE; /* For the moment -> syn. of front application */
|
|
|
3083
|
|
9
|
3084 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action);
|
|
|
3085 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb);
|
|
593
|
3086
|
|
13
|
3087 /* Install Carbon event callbacks. */
|
|
|
3088 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler();
|
|
7
|
3089
|
|
|
3090 dragRectEnbl = FALSE;
|
|
|
3091 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
3092 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty;
|
|
|
3093 cursorRgn = NewRgn();
|
|
|
3094 #endif
|
|
|
3095 /* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
|
3096 display_errors();
|
|
|
3097
|
|
|
3098 /* Get background/foreground colors from system */
|
|
1212
|
3099 /* TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults */
|
|
7
|
3100 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000;
|
|
|
3101 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF;
|
|
|
3102
|
|
|
3103 /* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
|
3104 * file). */
|
|
|
3105 set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
3106
|
|
|
3107 /*
|
|
|
3108 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
|
3109 * Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
|
3110 */
|
|
|
3111 gui_check_colors();
|
|
|
3112 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
|
3113 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
3114
|
|
|
3115 /* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
|
3116 * changed them) */
|
|
|
3117 highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
3118
|
|
|
3119 /*
|
|
|
3120 * Setting the gui constants
|
|
|
3121 */
|
|
|
3122 #ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
|
3123 gui.menu_height = 0;
|
|
|
3124 #endif
|
|
|
3125 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; /* cheat 1 overlap */
|
|
|
3126 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2;
|
|
|
3127
|
|
1212
|
3128 /* If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see
|
|
7
|
3129 gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. */
|
|
|
3130 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1");
|
|
593
|
3131
|
|
7
|
3132 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse;
|
|
|
3133 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved;
|
|
|
3134 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel);
|
|
|
3135 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1,
|
|
|
3136 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef))
|
|
|
3137 {
|
|
|
3138 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL;
|
|
|
3139 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3140 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3141 }
|
|
|
3142
|
|
168
|
3143 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
1562
|
3144 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument };
|
|
|
3145 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0);
|
|
|
3146
|
|
|
3147 /* We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default */
|
|
|
3148 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE);
|
|
|
3149
|
|
|
3150 /* Should we activate the document by default? */
|
|
|
3151 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3152
|
|
|
3153 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = {
|
|
|
3154 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea },
|
|
|
3155 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent },
|
|
|
3156 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset },
|
|
|
3157 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos },
|
|
|
3158 };
|
|
|
3159
|
|
|
3160 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input);
|
|
|
3161 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP,
|
|
|
3162 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes),
|
|
|
3163 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
3164 {
|
|
168
|
3165 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3166 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3167 }
|
|
1562
|
3168
|
|
|
3169 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = {
|
|
|
3170 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated },
|
|
|
3171 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated },
|
|
|
3172 };
|
|
|
3173
|
|
|
3174 /* Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and
|
|
|
3175 * deactivate */
|
|
|
3176 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate);
|
|
|
3177 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
|
3178 winEventHandlerUPP,
|
|
|
3179 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes),
|
|
|
3180 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL))
|
|
|
3181 {
|
|
|
3182 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3183 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL;
|
|
|
3184 }
|
|
168
|
3185 #endif
|
|
|
3186
|
|
|
3187 /*
|
|
7
|
3188 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
168
|
3189 set_option_value((char_u *)"encoding", 0L, (char_u *)"utf-8", 0);
|
|
|
3190 #endif
|
|
|
3191 */
|
|
7
|
3192
|
|
1106
|
3193 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
|
3194 /*
|
|
|
3195 * Create the tabline
|
|
|
3196 */
|
|
|
3197 initialise_tabline();
|
|
|
3198 #endif
|
|
|
3199
|
|
7
|
3200 /* TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR */
|
|
|
3201 return OK;
|
|
|
3202 }
|
|
|
3203
|
|
|
3204 /*
|
|
|
3205 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
|
3206 */
|
|
|
3207 void
|
|
593
|
3208 gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
7
|
3209 {
|
|
|
3210 /* TODO:
|
|
|
3211 * This proc is called when Normal is set to a value
|
|
|
3212 * so what msut be done? I don't know
|
|
|
3213 */
|
|
|
3214 }
|
|
|
3215
|
|
|
3216 /*
|
|
|
3217 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
|
3218 */
|
|
|
3219 int
|
|
593
|
3220 gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
7
|
3221 {
|
|
|
3222 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3223
|
|
|
3224 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1)
|
|
|
3225 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y);
|
|
|
3226
|
|
|
3227 /*
|
|
|
3228 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched
|
|
|
3229 * from the Terminal or via :gui).
|
|
|
3230 */
|
|
|
3231 {
|
|
|
3232 ProcessSerialNumber psn;
|
|
|
3233 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr)
|
|
|
3234 SetFrontProcess(&psn);
|
|
|
3235 }
|
|
|
3236
|
|
|
3237 return OK;
|
|
|
3238 }
|
|
|
3239
|
|
1562
|
3240 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3241 static void
|
|
|
3242 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void)
|
|
|
3243 {
|
|
|
3244 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
|
3245 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3246 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3247 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle)
|
|
|
3248 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle);
|
|
|
3249 #endif
|
|
|
3250 }
|
|
|
3251 #endif
|
|
|
3252
|
|
7
|
3253 void
|
|
|
3254 gui_mch_exit(int rc)
|
|
|
3255 {
|
|
|
3256 /* TODO: find out all what is missing here? */
|
|
|
3257 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn);
|
|
|
3258
|
|
168
|
3259 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3260 if (keyEventHandlerUPP)
|
|
|
3261 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3262 #endif
|
|
|
3263
|
|
7
|
3264 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL)
|
|
|
3265 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP);
|
|
|
3266
|
|
168
|
3267 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
3268 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style();
|
|
|
3269 #endif
|
|
|
3270
|
|
|
3271 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
3272 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3273 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
3274 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
168
|
3275 #endif
|
|
|
3276
|
|
7
|
3277 /* Exit to shell? */
|
|
|
3278 exit(rc);
|
|
|
3279 }
|
|
|
3280
|
|
|
3281 /*
|
|
|
3282 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
|
3283 */
|
|
|
3284 int
|
|
|
3285 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
|
3286 {
|
|
|
3287 /* TODO */
|
|
|
3288 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
3289 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3290
|
|
|
3291 /* Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 */
|
|
9
|
3292 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds);
|
|
7
|
3293
|
|
|
3294 if (status != noErr)
|
|
|
3295 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3296 *x = bounds.left;
|
|
|
3297 *y = bounds.top;
|
|
|
3298 return OK;
|
|
|
3299 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3300 }
|
|
|
3301
|
|
|
3302 /*
|
|
|
3303 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
|
3304 * coordinates.
|
|
|
3305 */
|
|
|
3306 void
|
|
|
3307 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
|
3308 {
|
|
|
3309 /* TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range
|
|
|
3310 * e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width
|
|
|
3311 */
|
|
1377
|
3312 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y);
|
|
7
|
3313 }
|
|
|
3314
|
|
|
3315 void
|
|
|
3316 gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
|
3317 int width,
|
|
|
3318 int height,
|
|
|
3319 int min_width,
|
|
|
3320 int min_height,
|
|
|
3321 int base_width,
|
|
812
|
3322 int base_height,
|
|
|
3323 int direction)
|
|
7
|
3324 {
|
|
|
3325 CGrafPtr VimPort;
|
|
|
3326 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
3327
|
|
|
3328 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
3329 {
|
|
9
|
3330 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3331 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3332 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; /* + 1;*/
|
|
9
|
3333 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3334 /* GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ??*/
|
|
|
3335 }
|
|
|
3336 else
|
|
|
3337 {
|
|
9
|
3338 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
3339 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3340 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
9
|
3341 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound);
|
|
7
|
3342 }
|
|
|
3343
|
|
|
3344 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE);
|
|
|
3345
|
|
|
3346 gui_resize_shell(width, height);
|
|
|
3347 }
|
|
|
3348
|
|
|
3349 /*
|
|
|
3350 * Get the screen dimensions.
|
|
|
3351 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders.
|
|
|
3352 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are?
|
|
1212
|
3353 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume.
|
|
7
|
3354 */
|
|
|
3355 void
|
|
593
|
3356 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
7
|
3357 {
|
|
|
3358 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice();
|
|
|
3359 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect;
|
|
|
3360
|
|
|
3361 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10;
|
|
|
3362 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40;
|
|
|
3363 }
|
|
|
3364
|
|
|
3365
|
|
13
|
3366 /*
|
|
|
3367 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and
|
|
|
3368 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with
|
|
|
3369 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle,
|
|
|
3370 * or NOFONT in case of an error.
|
|
|
3371 */
|
|
|
3372 static GuiFont
|
|
|
3373 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name)
|
|
|
3374 {
|
|
|
3375 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
3376 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
3377 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font;
|
|
|
3378
|
|
|
3379 /* Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. */
|
|
|
3380 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3381 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16);
|
|
|
3382 /* TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() */
|
|
|
3383 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0;
|
|
|
3384 curr_font.hasColor = false;
|
|
|
3385 curr_font.version = 0; /* version number of the style structure */
|
|
|
3386 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType,
|
|
|
3387 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3388
|
|
|
3389 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily;
|
|
|
3390 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle;
|
|
|
3391 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size;
|
|
|
3392
|
|
|
3393 /* Pop up the Font Panel. */
|
|
|
3394 status = FPShowHideFontPanel();
|
|
|
3395 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
3396 {
|
|
|
3397 /*
|
|
|
3398 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal,
|
|
|
3399 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed.
|
|
|
3400 */
|
|
|
3401 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true;
|
|
|
3402 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible)
|
|
|
3403 {
|
|
|
3404 EventRecord e;
|
|
|
3405 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL);
|
|
|
3406 }
|
|
|
3407
|
|
|
3408 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name);
|
|
|
3409 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
|
3410 }
|
|
|
3411 return selected_font;
|
|
|
3412 }
|
|
|
3413
|
|
1562
|
3414 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3415 static void
|
|
|
3416 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void)
|
|
|
3417 {
|
|
|
3418 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3419 {
|
|
|
3420 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3421 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3422 }
|
|
|
3423 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3424 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL)
|
|
|
3425 {
|
|
|
3426 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr)
|
|
|
3427 gWideFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3428 }
|
|
|
3429 #endif
|
|
|
3430
|
|
|
3431 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui;
|
|
|
3432 }
|
|
|
3433 #endif
|
|
7
|
3434
|
|
|
3435 /*
|
|
|
3436 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font
|
|
|
3437 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
|
3438 */
|
|
|
3439 int
|
|
593
|
3440 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset)
|
|
7
|
3441 {
|
|
|
3442 /* TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... */
|
|
|
3443 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco";
|
|
170
|
3444 int suggestedSize = 10;
|
|
7
|
3445 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3446 short font_id;
|
|
|
3447 GuiFont font;
|
|
37
|
3448 char_u used_font_name[512];
|
|
7
|
3449
|
|
168
|
3450 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
1562
|
3451 gui_mac_create_atsui_style();
|
|
168
|
3452 #endif
|
|
|
3453
|
|
7
|
3454 if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
|
3455 {
|
|
|
3456 /* First try to get the suggested font */
|
|
|
3457 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id);
|
|
|
3458
|
|
|
3459 if (font_id == 0)
|
|
|
3460 {
|
|
|
3461 /* Then pickup the standard application font */
|
|
|
3462 font_id = GetAppFont();
|
|
37
|
3463 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default");
|
|
7
|
3464 }
|
|
37
|
3465 else
|
|
|
3466 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco");
|
|
7
|
3467 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3468 }
|
|
13
|
3469 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0)
|
|
|
3470 {
|
|
37
|
3471 char_u *new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3472
|
|
|
3473 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3474 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3475 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3476
|
|
|
3477 /* Set guifont to the name of the selected font. */
|
|
37
|
3478 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1);
|
|
13
|
3479 if (new_p_guifont != NULL)
|
|
|
3480 {
|
|
37
|
3481 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name);
|
|
13
|
3482 vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
|
3483 p_guifont = new_p_guifont;
|
|
|
3484 /* Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. */
|
|
|
3485 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont)
|
|
|
3486 {
|
|
|
3487 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ')
|
|
|
3488 *new_p_guifont = '_';
|
|
|
3489 }
|
|
|
3490 }
|
|
|
3491 }
|
|
7
|
3492 else
|
|
|
3493 {
|
|
9
|
3494 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name);
|
|
418
|
3495 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1);
|
|
7
|
3496
|
|
|
3497 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3498 return FAIL;
|
|
|
3499 }
|
|
37
|
3500
|
|
7
|
3501 gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
|
3502
|
|
37
|
3503 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name);
|
|
|
3504
|
|
9
|
3505 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3506 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3507
|
|
189
|
3508 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
|
3509
|
|
|
3510 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent;
|
|
|
3511 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_');
|
|
|
3512 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3513
|
|
168
|
3514 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
842
|
3515 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
1562
|
3516 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font);
|
|
168
|
3517 #endif
|
|
|
3518
|
|
7
|
3519 return OK;
|
|
|
3520 }
|
|
|
3521
|
|
444
|
3522 /*
|
|
|
3523 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
|
3524 */
|
|
7
|
3525 int
|
|
593
|
3526 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
7
|
3527 {
|
|
|
3528 FontInfo font_info;
|
|
|
3529
|
|
9
|
3530 GetFontInfo(&font_info);
|
|
7
|
3531 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace;
|
|
|
3532 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2;
|
|
|
3533 return OK;
|
|
|
3534 }
|
|
|
3535
|
|
|
3536 /*
|
|
|
3537 * Get a font structure for highlighting.
|
|
|
3538 */
|
|
|
3539 GuiFont
|
|
593
|
3540 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
7
|
3541 {
|
|
|
3542 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3543
|
|
|
3544 font = gui_mac_find_font(name);
|
|
|
3545
|
|
|
3546 if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
|
3547 {
|
|
|
3548 if (giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
|
3549 EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
|
3550 return NOFONT;
|
|
|
3551 }
|
|
|
3552 /*
|
|
|
3553 * TODO : Accept only monospace
|
|
|
3554 */
|
|
|
3555
|
|
|
3556 return font;
|
|
|
3557 }
|
|
|
3558
|
|
44
|
3559 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
7
|
3560 /*
|
|
37
|
3561 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
|
3562 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
|
3563 */
|
|
|
3564 char_u *
|
|
593
|
3565 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name)
|
|
37
|
3566 {
|
|
|
3567 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
3568 return NULL;
|
|
|
3569 return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
|
3570 }
|
|
44
|
3571 #endif
|
|
37
|
3572
|
|
1562
|
3573 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3574 static void
|
|
|
3575 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font)
|
|
|
3576 {
|
|
|
3577 ATSUFontID fontID;
|
|
|
3578 Fixed fontSize;
|
|
|
3579 Fixed fontWidth;
|
|
|
3580
|
|
|
3581 fontID = font & 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
3582 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3583 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width);
|
|
|
3584
|
|
|
3585 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] =
|
|
|
3586 {
|
|
|
3587 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag,
|
|
|
3588 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1
|
|
|
3589 };
|
|
|
3590
|
|
|
3591 ByteCount attribSizes[] =
|
|
|
3592 {
|
|
|
3593 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth),
|
|
|
3594 sizeof(font)
|
|
|
3595 };
|
|
|
3596
|
|
|
3597 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] =
|
|
|
3598 {
|
|
|
3599 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font
|
|
|
3600 };
|
|
|
3601
|
|
|
3602 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3603 {
|
|
|
3604 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle,
|
|
|
3605 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3606 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3607 {
|
|
|
3608 # ifndef NDEBUG
|
|
|
3609 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n");
|
|
|
3610 # endif
|
|
|
3611 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle);
|
|
|
3612 gFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3613 }
|
|
|
3614
|
|
|
3615 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3616 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3617 {
|
|
|
3618 /* FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support
|
|
|
3619 * wide font drawing */
|
|
|
3620 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2);
|
|
|
3621
|
|
|
3622 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle,
|
|
|
3623 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag),
|
|
|
3624 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr)
|
|
|
3625 {
|
|
|
3626 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle);
|
|
|
3627 gWideFontStyle = NULL;
|
|
|
3628 }
|
|
|
3629 }
|
|
|
3630 #endif
|
|
|
3631 }
|
|
|
3632 }
|
|
|
3633 #endif
|
|
|
3634
|
|
37
|
3635 /*
|
|
7
|
3636 * Set the current text font.
|
|
|
3637 */
|
|
|
3638 void
|
|
593
|
3639 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
7
|
3640 {
|
|
168
|
3641 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
|
3642 GuiFont currFont;
|
|
|
3643 ByteCount actualFontByteCount;
|
|
|
3644
|
|
842
|
3645 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle)
|
|
168
|
3646 {
|
|
|
3647 /* Avoid setting same font again */
|
|
1562
|
3648 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1,
|
|
|
3649 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr
|
|
|
3650 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font))
|
|
168
|
3651 {
|
|
|
3652 if (currFont == font)
|
|
|
3653 return;
|
|
|
3654 }
|
|
|
3655
|
|
1562
|
3656 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font);
|
|
168
|
3657 }
|
|
|
3658
|
|
842
|
3659 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet)
|
|
168
|
3660 {
|
|
|
3661 /* Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide
|
|
|
3662 * is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. */
|
|
|
3663 /*
|
|
|
3664 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag };
|
|
|
3665 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) };
|
|
|
3666 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks);
|
|
|
3667 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, );
|
|
|
3668 */
|
|
|
3669 if (gui.wide_font)
|
|
|
3670 {
|
|
|
3671 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts;
|
|
|
3672 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE;
|
|
|
3673
|
|
|
3674 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(
|
|
|
3675 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF),
|
|
|
3676 0,
|
|
|
3677 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3678 NULL) == noErr)
|
|
|
3679 {
|
|
1562
|
3680 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID),
|
|
|
3681 &fallbackFonts,
|
|
|
3682 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred);
|
|
168
|
3683 }
|
|
|
3684 /*
|
|
|
3685 ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { };
|
|
|
3686 */
|
|
|
3687 }
|
|
|
3688 }
|
|
|
3689 #endif
|
|
7
|
3690 TextSize(font >> 16);
|
|
|
3691 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF);
|
|
|
3692 }
|
|
|
3693
|
|
|
3694 /*
|
|
|
3695 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure.
|
|
|
3696 */
|
|
|
3697 void
|
|
|
3698 gui_mch_free_font(font)
|
|
|
3699 GuiFont font;
|
|
|
3700 {
|
|
|
3701 /*
|
|
|
3702 * Free font when "font" is not 0.
|
|
|
3703 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since
|
|
|
3704 * nothing is allocated for each font used.
|
|
|
3705 */
|
|
|
3706 }
|
|
|
3707
|
|
|
3708 static int
|
|
593
|
3709 hex_digit(int c)
|
|
7
|
3710 {
|
|
|
3711 if (isdigit(c))
|
|
|
3712 return c - '0';
|
|
|
3713 c = TOLOWER_ASC(c);
|
|
|
3714 if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
|
|
|
3715 return c - 'a' + 10;
|
|
|
3716 return -1000;
|
|
|
3717 }
|
|
|
3718
|
|
|
3719 /*
|
|
|
3720 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was
|
|
|
3721 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif
|
|
|
3722 * Programmer's Guide.
|
|
|
3723 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed.
|
|
|
3724 */
|
|
|
3725 guicolor_T
|
|
593
|
3726 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
3727 {
|
|
|
3728 /* TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8
|
|
|
3729 */
|
|
|
3730 RGBColor MacColor;
|
|
|
3731 // guicolor_T color = 0;
|
|
|
3732
|
|
|
3733 typedef struct guicolor_tTable
|
|
|
3734 {
|
|
|
3735 char *name;
|
|
|
3736 guicolor_T color;
|
|
|
3737 } guicolor_tTable;
|
|
|
3738
|
|
|
3739 /*
|
|
|
3740 * The comment at the end of each line is the source
|
|
|
3741 * (Mac, Window, Unix) and the number is the unix rgb.txt value
|
|
|
3742 */
|
|
|
3743 static guicolor_tTable table[] =
|
|
|
3744 {
|
|
|
3745 {"Black", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x00)},
|
|
|
3746 {"darkgray", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3747 {"darkgrey", RGB(0x80, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3748 {"Gray", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3749 {"Grey", RGB(0xC0, 0xC0, 0xC0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3750 {"lightgray", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3751 {"lightgrey", RGB(0xE0, 0xE0, 0xE0)}, /*W*/
|
|
834
|
3752 {"gray10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3753 {"grey10", RGB(0x1A, 0x1A, 0x1A)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3754 {"gray20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3755 {"grey20", RGB(0x33, 0x33, 0x33)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3756 {"gray30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3757 {"grey30", RGB(0x4D, 0x4D, 0x4D)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3758 {"gray40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3759 {"grey40", RGB(0x66, 0x66, 0x66)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3760 {"gray50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3761 {"grey50", RGB(0x7F, 0x7F, 0x7F)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3762 {"gray60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3763 {"grey60", RGB(0x99, 0x99, 0x99)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3764 {"gray70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3765 {"grey70", RGB(0xB3, 0xB3, 0xB3)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3766 {"gray80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3767 {"grey80", RGB(0xCC, 0xCC, 0xCC)}, /*W*/
|
|
818
|
3768 {"gray90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3769 {"grey90", RGB(0xE5, 0xE5, 0xE5)}, /*W*/
|
|
7
|
3770 {"white", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xFF)},
|
|
|
3771 {"darkred", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3772 {"red", RGB(0xDD, 0x08, 0x06)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3773 {"lightred", RGB(0xFF, 0xA0, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3774 {"DarkBlue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3775 {"Blue", RGB(0x00, 0x00, 0xD4)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3776 {"lightblue", RGB(0xA0, 0xA0, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3777 {"DarkGreen", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3778 {"Green", RGB(0x00, 0x64, 0x11)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3779 {"lightgreen", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3780 {"DarkCyan", RGB(0x00, 0x80, 0x80)}, /*W ?0x307D7E */
|
|
|
3781 {"cyan", RGB(0x02, 0xAB, 0xEA)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3782 {"lightcyan", RGB(0xA0, 0xFF, 0xFF)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3783 {"darkmagenta", RGB(0x80, 0x00, 0x80)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3784 {"magenta", RGB(0xF2, 0x08, 0x84)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3785 {"lightmagenta",RGB(0xF0, 0xA0, 0xF0)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3786 {"brown", RGB(0x80, 0x40, 0x40)}, /*W*/
|
|
|
3787 {"yellow", RGB(0xFC, 0xF3, 0x05)}, /*M*/
|
|
|
3788 {"lightyellow", RGB(0xFF, 0xFF, 0xA0)}, /*M*/
|
|
308
|
3789 {"darkyellow", RGB(0xBB, 0xBB, 0x00)}, /*U*/
|
|
7
|
3790 {"SeaGreen", RGB(0x2E, 0x8B, 0x57)}, /*W 0x4E8975 */
|
|
|
3791 {"orange", RGB(0xFC, 0x80, 0x00)}, /*W 0xF87A17 */
|
|
|
3792 {"Purple", RGB(0xA0, 0x20, 0xF0)}, /*W 0x8e35e5 */
|
|
|
3793 {"SlateBlue", RGB(0x6A, 0x5A, 0xCD)}, /*W 0x737CA1 */
|
|
|
3794 {"Violet", RGB(0x8D, 0x38, 0xC9)}, /*U*/
|
|
|
3795 };
|
|
|
3796
|
|
|
3797 int r, g, b;
|
|
|
3798 int i;
|
|
|
3799
|
|
|
3800 if (name[0] == '#' && strlen((char *) name) == 7)
|
|
|
3801 {
|
|
|
3802 /* Name is in "#rrggbb" format */
|
|
|
3803 r = hex_digit(name[1]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[2]);
|
|
|
3804 g = hex_digit(name[3]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[4]);
|
|
|
3805 b = hex_digit(name[5]) * 16 + hex_digit(name[6]);
|
|
|
3806 if (r < 0 || g < 0 || b < 0)
|
|
|
3807 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3808 return RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3809 }
|
|
|
3810 else
|
|
|
3811 {
|
|
9
|
3812 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0)
|
|
7
|
3813 {
|
|
9
|
3814 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor);
|
|
|
3815 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8));
|
|
7
|
3816 }
|
|
|
3817 /* Check if the name is one of the colors we know */
|
|
|
3818 for (i = 0; i < sizeof(table) / sizeof(table[0]); i++)
|
|
|
3819 if (STRICMP(name, table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
|
3820 return table[i].color;
|
|
|
3821 }
|
|
|
3822
|
|
|
3823 /*
|
|
|
3824 * Last attempt. Look in the file "$VIM/rgb.txt".
|
|
|
3825 */
|
|
|
3826 {
|
|
|
3827 #define LINE_LEN 100
|
|
|
3828 FILE *fd;
|
|
|
3829 char line[LINE_LEN];
|
|
|
3830 char_u *fname;
|
|
|
3831
|
|
|
3832 fname = expand_env_save((char_u *)"$VIMRUNTIME/rgb.txt");
|
|
|
3833 if (fname == NULL)
|
|
|
3834 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3835
|
|
|
3836 fd = fopen((char *)fname, "rt");
|
|
|
3837 vim_free(fname);
|
|
|
3838 if (fd == NULL)
|
|
|
3839 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3840
|
|
|
3841 while (!feof(fd))
|
|
|
3842 {
|
|
|
3843 int len;
|
|
|
3844 int pos;
|
|
|
3845 char *color;
|
|
|
3846
|
|
|
3847 fgets(line, LINE_LEN, fd);
|
|
|
3848 len = strlen(line);
|
|
|
3849
|
|
|
3850 if (len <= 1 || line[len-1] != '\n')
|
|
|
3851 continue;
|
|
|
3852
|
|
|
3853 line[len-1] = '\0';
|
|
|
3854
|
|
|
3855 i = sscanf(line, "%d %d %d %n", &r, &g, &b, &pos);
|
|
|
3856 if (i != 3)
|
|
|
3857 continue;
|
|
|
3858
|
|
|
3859 color = line + pos;
|
|
|
3860
|
|
|
3861 if (STRICMP(color, name) == 0)
|
|
|
3862 {
|
|
|
3863 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3864 return (guicolor_T) RGB(r, g, b);
|
|
|
3865 }
|
|
|
3866 }
|
|
|
3867 fclose(fd);
|
|
|
3868 }
|
|
|
3869
|
|
|
3870 return INVALCOLOR;
|
|
|
3871 }
|
|
|
3872
|
|
|
3873 /*
|
|
|
3874 * Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
|
3875 */
|
|
|
3876 void
|
|
593
|
3877 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3878 {
|
|
|
3879 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3880
|
|
|
3881 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3882 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3883 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3884
|
|
9
|
3885 RGBForeColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3886 }
|
|
|
3887
|
|
|
3888 /*
|
|
|
3889 * Set the current text background color.
|
|
|
3890 */
|
|
|
3891 void
|
|
593
|
3892 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
3893 {
|
|
|
3894 RGBColor TheColor;
|
|
|
3895
|
|
|
3896 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3897 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3898 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3899
|
|
9
|
3900 RGBBackColor(&TheColor);
|
|
7
|
3901 }
|
|
|
3902
|
|
563
|
3903 RGBColor specialColor;
|
|
|
3904
|
|
212
|
3905 /*
|
|
563
|
3906 * Set the current text special color.
|
|
212
|
3907 */
|
|
|
3908 void
|
|
593
|
3909 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
212
|
3910 {
|
|
563
|
3911 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3912 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3913 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101;
|
|
|
3914 }
|
|
|
3915
|
|
|
3916 /*
|
|
|
3917 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell.
|
|
|
3918 */
|
|
|
3919 static void
|
|
|
3920 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells)
|
|
|
3921 {
|
|
856
|
3922 int x;
|
|
|
3923 int offset;
|
|
|
3924 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
3925 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
563
|
3926
|
|
|
3927 RGBForeColor(&specialColor);
|
|
|
3928
|
|
|
3929 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8];
|
|
|
3930 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset);
|
|
|
3931
|
|
593
|
3932 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x)
|
|
563
|
3933 {
|
|
593
|
3934 offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
|
3935 LineTo(x, y - offset);
|
|
563
|
3936 }
|
|
212
|
3937 }
|
|
|
3938
|
|
593
|
3939
|
|
|
3940 static void
|
|
|
3941 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
7
|
3942 {
|
|
|
3943 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3944 char_u *tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
3945
|
|
|
3946 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE)
|
|
|
3947 {
|
|
|
3948 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len);
|
|
|
3949 if (tofree != NULL)
|
|
|
3950 s = tofree;
|
|
|
3951 }
|
|
|
3952 #endif
|
|
593
|
3953
|
|
7
|
3954 /*
|
|
|
3955 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing.
|
|
|
3956 */
|
|
189
|
3957 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020)
|
|
7
|
3958 {
|
|
|
3959 /* Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. */
|
|
|
3960 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ?
|
|
|
3961 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0);
|
|
168
|
3962 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags);
|
|
7
|
3963 }
|
|
|
3964
|
|
36
|
3965 /*
|
|
|
3966 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
3967 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
3968 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
3969 * underlining.
|
|
|
3970 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
3971 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
3972 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
3973 */
|
|
189
|
3974 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0)
|
|
36
|
3975 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
|
3976 {
|
|
|
3977 Rect rc;
|
|
|
3978
|
|
|
3979 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
3980 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
168
|
3981 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
3982 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
3983 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
3984 {
|
|
|
3985 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
3986 int n;
|
|
|
3987
|
|
|
3988 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
3989 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
3990 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
3991 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
3992 }
|
|
|
3993 else
|
|
|
3994 #endif
|
|
36
|
3995 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
3996 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
3997 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
3998 }
|
|
|
3999
|
|
189
|
4000 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias)
|
|
7
|
4001 {
|
|
|
4002 StyleParameter face;
|
|
|
4003
|
|
|
4004 face = normal;
|
|
|
4005 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4006 face |= bold;
|
|
|
4007 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4008 face |= underline;
|
|
|
4009 TextFace(face);
|
|
|
4010
|
|
|
4011 /* Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. */
|
|
|
4012 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4013
|
|
|
4014 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4015 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4016 }
|
|
|
4017 else
|
|
|
4018 {
|
|
|
4019 /* Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. */
|
|
9
|
4020 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4021 TextFace(normal);
|
|
7
|
4022
|
|
|
4023 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
|
4024
|
|
|
4025 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4026 {
|
|
9
|
4027 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
7
|
4028 }
|
|
|
4029
|
|
9
|
4030 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
593
|
4031 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4032
|
|
|
4033 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4034 {
|
|
|
4035 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4036 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
|
4037 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len);
|
|
|
4038 }
|
|
|
4039
|
|
|
4040 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
|
4041 {
|
|
|
4042 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4043 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1);
|
|
|
4044 }
|
|
|
4045 }
|
|
|
4046
|
|
|
4047 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4048 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4049
|
|
|
4050 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4051 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
|
4052 #endif
|
|
|
4053 }
|
|
|
4054
|
|
842
|
4055 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING
|
|
593
|
4056
|
|
|
4057 static void
|
|
|
4058 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4059 {
|
|
|
4060 /* ATSUI requires utf-16 strings */
|
|
|
4061 UniCharCount utf16_len;
|
|
|
4062 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len);
|
|
|
4063 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar);
|
|
|
4064
|
|
|
4065 /* - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone)
|
|
|
4066 * - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) */
|
|
1562
|
4067 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4068 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n",
|
|
|
4069 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' ');
|
|
|
4070 #endif
|
|
593
|
4071 /*
|
|
|
4072 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block
|
|
|
4073 * before drawing the text.
|
|
|
4074 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and
|
|
|
4075 * underlining.
|
|
|
4076 * But not when drawing transparently.
|
|
|
4077 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col +
|
|
|
4078 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel.
|
|
|
4079 */
|
|
|
4080 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0)
|
|
|
4081 {
|
|
|
4082 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4083
|
|
|
4084 rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
|
4085 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4086 /* Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c */
|
|
|
4087 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
|
4088 {
|
|
|
4089 int cell_len = 0;
|
|
|
4090 int n;
|
|
|
4091
|
|
|
4092 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4093 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4094 cell_len += (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4095 rc.right = FILL_X(col + cell_len);
|
|
|
4096 }
|
|
|
4097 else
|
|
|
4098 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns);
|
|
|
4099
|
|
|
4100 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
4101 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4102 }
|
|
|
4103
|
|
|
4104 {
|
|
|
4105 TextMode(srcCopy);
|
|
|
4106 TextFace(normal);
|
|
|
4107
|
|
1562
|
4108 /* SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); */
|
|
593
|
4109 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP)
|
|
|
4110 {
|
|
|
4111 TextMode(srcOr);
|
|
|
4112 }
|
|
|
4113
|
|
|
4114 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row));
|
|
1562
|
4115
|
|
|
4116 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4117 {
|
|
|
4118 Boolean attValue = true;
|
|
|
4119 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag };
|
|
|
4120 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) };
|
|
|
4121 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue };
|
|
|
4122
|
|
|
4123 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues);
|
|
|
4124 }
|
|
|
4125
|
|
|
4126 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4127 if (has_mbyte)
|
|
168
|
4128 {
|
|
1562
|
4129 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell;
|
|
|
4130 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0;
|
|
|
4131 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0;
|
|
|
4132 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4133 ATSUStyle textStyle;
|
|
|
4134
|
|
|
4135 last_width_in_cell = 1;
|
|
|
4136 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout);
|
|
|
4137 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree,
|
|
|
4138 kATSUFromTextBeginning,
|
|
|
4139 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len);
|
|
|
4140 /*
|
|
|
4141 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle,
|
|
|
4142 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */
|
|
|
4143
|
|
|
4144 /* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
|
4145 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n]))
|
|
|
4146 {
|
|
|
4147 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n);
|
|
|
4148
|
|
|
4149 /* probably we are switching from single byte character
|
|
|
4150 * to multibyte characters (which requires more than one
|
|
|
4151 * cell to draw) */
|
|
|
4152 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell)
|
|
|
4153 {
|
|
|
4154 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4155 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n",
|
|
|
4156 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4157 #endif
|
|
|
4158 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle
|
|
|
4159 : gFontStyle;
|
|
|
4160
|
|
|
4161 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4162 offset += yet_to_draw;
|
|
|
4163 yet_to_draw = 0;
|
|
|
4164 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell;
|
|
|
4165 }
|
|
|
4166
|
|
|
4167 yet_to_draw++;
|
|
|
4168 }
|
|
|
4169
|
|
|
4170 if (yet_to_draw)
|
|
|
4171 {
|
|
|
4172 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG
|
|
|
4173 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n",
|
|
|
4174 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw);
|
|
|
4175 #endif
|
|
|
4176 /* finish the rest style */
|
|
|
4177 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle;
|
|
|
4178 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd);
|
|
|
4179 }
|
|
|
4180
|
|
168
|
4181 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4182 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
1562
|
4183 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4184 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
168
|
4185 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4186 }
|
|
1562
|
4187 else
|
|
|
4188 #endif
|
|
|
4189 {
|
|
|
4190 ATSUTextLayout textLayout;
|
|
|
4191
|
|
|
4192 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree,
|
|
|
4193 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4194 utf16_len,
|
|
|
4195 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len,
|
|
|
4196 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL),
|
|
|
4197 &textLayout) == noErr)
|
|
|
4198 {
|
|
|
4199 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE);
|
|
|
4200
|
|
|
4201 ATSUDrawText(textLayout,
|
|
|
4202 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd,
|
|
|
4203 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc);
|
|
|
4204
|
|
|
4205 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout);
|
|
|
4206 }
|
|
|
4207 }
|
|
|
4208
|
|
|
4209 /* drawing is done, now reset bold to normal */
|
|
|
4210 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD)
|
|
|
4211 {
|
|
|
4212 Boolean attValue = false;
|
|
|
4213
|
|
|
4214 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag };
|
|
|
4215 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) };
|
|
|
4216 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue };
|
|
|
4217
|
|
|
4218 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes,
|
|
|
4219 attribValues);
|
|
|
4220 }
|
|
7
|
4221 }
|
|
|
4222
|
|
563
|
4223 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
|
4224 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len);
|
|
|
4225
|
|
7
|
4226 vim_free(tofree);
|
|
593
|
4227 }
|
|
|
4228 #endif
|
|
|
4229
|
|
|
4230 void
|
|
|
4231 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags)
|
|
|
4232 {
|
|
|
4233 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING)
|
|
1562
|
4234 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0)
|
|
|
4235 /* switch from macatsui to nomacatsui */
|
|
|
4236 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style();
|
|
|
4237 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0)
|
|
|
4238 /* switch from nomacatsui to macatsui */
|
|
|
4239 gui_mac_create_atsui_style();
|
|
|
4240
|
|
842
|
4241 if (p_macatsui)
|
|
|
4242 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
|
4243 else
|
|
7
|
4244 #endif
|
|
842
|
4245 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags);
|
|
7
|
4246 }
|
|
|
4247
|
|
|
4248 /*
|
|
|
4249 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
|
4250 */
|
|
|
4251 int
|
|
593
|
4252 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
7
|
4253 {
|
|
|
4254 int i;
|
|
|
4255
|
|
|
4256 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++)
|
|
|
4257 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
|
4258 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
|
4259 return OK;
|
|
|
4260 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4261 }
|
|
|
4262
|
|
|
4263 void
|
|
593
|
4264 gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
7
|
4265 {
|
|
9
|
4266 SysBeep(1); /* Should this be 0? (????) */
|
|
7
|
4267 }
|
|
|
4268
|
|
|
4269 void
|
|
593
|
4270 gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
7
|
4271 {
|
|
|
4272 /* Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors */
|
|
|
4273 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4274
|
|
|
4275 /*
|
|
|
4276 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4277 */
|
|
|
4278 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4279 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4280 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4281 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4282 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4283
|
|
|
4284 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for some msec */
|
|
|
4285
|
|
|
4286 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4287 }
|
|
|
4288
|
|
|
4289 /*
|
|
|
4290 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
|
4291 */
|
|
|
4292 void
|
|
593
|
4293 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc)
|
|
7
|
4294 {
|
|
|
4295 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4296
|
|
|
4297 /*
|
|
|
4298 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4299 */
|
|
|
4300 rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
|
4301 rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
|
4302 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4303 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4304 InvertRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4305 }
|
|
|
4306
|
|
|
4307 /*
|
|
|
4308 * Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
|
4309 */
|
|
|
4310 void
|
|
593
|
4311 gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
7
|
4312 {
|
|
|
4313 /* TODO: find out what could replace iconify
|
|
|
4314 * -window shade?
|
|
|
4315 * -hide application?
|
|
|
4316 */
|
|
|
4317 }
|
|
|
4318
|
|
|
4319 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
4320 /*
|
|
|
4321 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground.
|
|
|
4322 */
|
|
|
4323 void
|
|
593
|
4324 gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
7
|
4325 {
|
|
|
4326 /* TODO */
|
|
|
4327 }
|
|
|
4328 #endif
|
|
|
4329
|
|
|
4330 /*
|
|
|
4331 * Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
|
4332 */
|
|
|
4333 void
|
|
593
|
4334 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4335 {
|
|
|
4336 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4337
|
|
|
4338 /*
|
|
|
4339 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
|
4340 */
|
|
|
4341 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4342 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
|
4343 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
168
|
4344 #ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
|
4345 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
|
4346 rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
|
4347 #endif
|
|
7
|
4348 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
|
4349
|
|
|
4350 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4351
|
|
9
|
4352 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4353 }
|
|
|
4354
|
|
|
4355 /*
|
|
|
4356 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high.
|
|
|
4357 */
|
|
|
4358 void
|
|
593
|
4359 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color)
|
|
7
|
4360 {
|
|
|
4361 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4362
|
|
|
4363 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
|
4364 /* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
|
4365 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT)
|
|
|
4366 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w;
|
|
|
4367 else
|
|
|
4368 #endif
|
|
|
4369 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
|
4370 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
|
4371 rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
|
4372 rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
4373
|
|
|
4374 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color);
|
|
|
4375
|
|
168
|
4376 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4377 // PaintRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4378 }
|
|
|
4379
|
|
|
4380
|
|
|
4381
|
|
|
4382 /*
|
|
|
4383 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
|
4384 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
|
4385 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
|
4386 * immediately.
|
|
|
4387 */
|
|
|
4388 void
|
|
593
|
4389 gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
7
|
4390 {
|
|
|
4391 /* TODO: find what to do
|
|
|
4392 * maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0)
|
|
|
4393 * more like look at EventQueue then
|
|
|
4394 * call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars;
|
|
|
4395 *
|
|
|
4396 * if (eventther)
|
|
|
4397 * gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
|
4398 */
|
|
|
4399 EventRecord theEvent;
|
|
|
4400
|
|
9
|
4401 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent))
|
|
7
|
4402 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent)
|
|
|
4403 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0);
|
|
|
4404 }
|
|
|
4405
|
|
|
4406 /*
|
|
|
4407 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time
|
|
|
4408 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling.
|
|
|
4409 */
|
|
|
4410
|
|
|
4411 pascal
|
|
|
4412 Boolean
|
|
9
|
4413 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn)
|
|
7
|
4414 {
|
|
|
4415 if (((long) sleep) < -1)
|
|
|
4416 sleep = 32767;
|
|
|
4417 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn);
|
|
|
4418 }
|
|
|
4419
|
|
|
4420 /*
|
|
|
4421 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
|
4422 * from the keyboard.
|
|
|
4423 * wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
|
4424 * wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
|
4425 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
|
4426 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
|
4427 * or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
|
4428 */
|
|
|
4429 int
|
|
593
|
4430 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
7
|
4431 {
|
|
|
4432 EventMask mask = (everyEvent);
|
|
|
4433 EventRecord event;
|
|
|
4434 long entryTick;
|
|
|
4435 long currentTick;
|
|
|
4436 long sleeppyTick;
|
|
|
4437
|
|
|
4438 /* If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar,
|
|
|
4439 * we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else
|
|
|
4440 * there won't be any life feedback.
|
|
|
4441 */
|
|
|
4442 if (dragged_sb != NULL)
|
|
|
4443 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4444 /* TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code */
|
|
|
4445
|
|
|
4446 entryTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4447
|
|
|
4448 allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
4449
|
|
|
4450 do
|
|
|
4451 {
|
|
|
4452 /* if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty)
|
|
|
4453 {
|
|
|
4454 dragRgn = NULL;
|
|
|
4455 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4456 }
|
|
|
4457 else*/ if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect)
|
|
|
4458 {
|
|
|
4459 dragRgn = cursorRgn;
|
|
9
|
4460 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect);
|
|
7
|
4461 dragRectControl = kNothing;
|
|
|
4462 }
|
|
|
4463 /*
|
|
|
4464 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
|
4465 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an
|
|
|
4466 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
|
4467 * returning as soon as it contains a single char.
|
|
|
4468 */
|
|
|
4469 /* TODO: reduce wtime accordinly??? */
|
|
|
4470 if (wtime > -1)
|
|
1562
|
4471 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000;
|
|
7
|
4472 else
|
|
|
4473 sleeppyTick = 32767;
|
|
1562
|
4474
|
|
9
|
4475 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn))
|
|
7
|
4476 {
|
|
1562
|
4477 gui_mac_handle_event(&event);
|
|
7
|
4478 if (input_available())
|
|
|
4479 {
|
|
|
4480 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4481 return OK;
|
|
|
4482 }
|
|
|
4483 }
|
|
|
4484 currentTick = TickCount();
|
|
|
4485 }
|
|
|
4486 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000));
|
|
|
4487
|
|
|
4488 allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
4489 return FAIL;
|
|
|
4490 }
|
|
|
4491
|
|
|
4492 /*
|
|
|
4493 * Output routines.
|
|
|
4494 */
|
|
|
4495
|
|
|
4496 /* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
|
4497 void
|
|
593
|
4498 gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
7
|
4499 {
|
|
|
4500 /* TODO: Is anything needed here? */
|
|
|
4501 }
|
|
|
4502
|
|
|
4503 /*
|
|
|
4504 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
|
4505 * (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
|
4506 */
|
|
|
4507 void
|
|
593
|
4508 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2)
|
|
7
|
4509 {
|
|
|
4510 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4511
|
|
|
4512 /*
|
|
|
4513 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
|
4514 * spilled over to the next column.
|
|
|
4515 */
|
|
|
4516 rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
|
4517 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
|
4518 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
|
4519 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
|
4520
|
|
|
4521 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4522 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
7
|
4523 }
|
|
|
4524
|
|
|
4525 /*
|
|
|
4526 * Clear the whole text window.
|
|
|
4527 */
|
|
|
4528 void
|
|
593
|
4529 gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
7
|
4530 {
|
|
|
4531 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4532
|
|
|
4533 rc.left = 0;
|
|
|
4534 rc.top = 0;
|
|
|
4535 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4536 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
|
4537
|
|
|
4538 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4539 EraseRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4540 /* gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel);
|
|
|
4541 FrameRect(&rc);
|
|
|
4542 */
|
|
|
4543 }
|
|
|
4544
|
|
|
4545 /*
|
|
|
4546 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
|
4547 * text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4548 */
|
|
|
4549 void
|
|
593
|
4550 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4551 {
|
|
|
4552 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4553
|
|
|
4554 /* changed without checking! */
|
|
|
4555 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4556 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4557 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4558 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4559
|
|
|
4560 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
4561 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4562
|
|
|
4563 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
|
4564 gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4565 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4566 }
|
|
|
4567
|
|
|
4568 /*
|
|
|
4569 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
|
4570 * following text within the scroll region.
|
|
|
4571 */
|
|
|
4572 void
|
|
593
|
4573 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines)
|
|
7
|
4574 {
|
|
|
4575 Rect rc;
|
|
|
4576
|
|
|
4577 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
|
4578 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
|
4579 rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
|
4580 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
4581
|
|
|
4582 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
4583
|
|
9
|
4584 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil);
|
|
7
|
4585
|
|
|
4586 /* Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over */
|
|
|
4587 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row
|
|
|
4588 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left
|
|
|
4589 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right)
|
|
|
4590 {
|
|
|
4591 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines)
|
|
|
4592 gui.cursor_row += num_lines;
|
|
|
4593 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot)
|
|
|
4594 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE;
|
|
|
4595 }
|
|
|
4596
|
|
|
4597 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
|
4598 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
|
4599 }
|
|
|
4600
|
|
|
4601 /*
|
|
|
4602 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember
|
|
|
4603 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE
|
|
|
4604 */
|
|
|
4605
|
|
|
4606 void
|
|
593
|
4607 clip_mch_request_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4608 {
|
|
|
4609
|
|
|
4610 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
19
|
4611 int flavor = 0;
|
|
7
|
4612 Size scrapSize;
|
|
|
4613 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags;
|
|
|
4614 ScrapRef scrap = nil;
|
|
|
4615 OSStatus error;
|
|
|
4616 int type;
|
|
|
4617 char *searchCR;
|
|
|
4618 char_u *tempclip;
|
|
|
4619
|
|
|
4620
|
|
9
|
4621 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
7
|
4622 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4623 return;
|
|
|
4624
|
|
9
|
4625 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
|
4626 if (error == noErr)
|
|
|
4627 {
|
|
|
4628 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
|
4629 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1)
|
|
|
4630 flavor = 1;
|
|
|
4631 }
|
|
|
4632
|
|
|
4633 if (flavor == 0)
|
|
|
4634 {
|
|
838
|
4635 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags);
|
|
9
|
4636 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4637 return;
|
|
|
4638
|
|
838
|
4639 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4640 if (error != noErr)
|
|
|
4641 return;
|
|
|
4642 }
|
|
|
4643
|
|
|
4644 ReserveMem(scrapSize);
|
|
593
|
4645
|
|
838
|
4646 /* In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good */
|
|
|
4647 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize);
|
|
|
4648
|
|
|
4649 /* tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize+1, TRUE); */
|
|
|
4650 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4651 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap,
|
|
|
4652 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR,
|
|
|
4653 &scrapSize, *textOfClip);
|
|
|
4654 scrapSize -= flavor;
|
|
|
4655
|
|
|
4656 if (flavor)
|
|
|
4657 type = **textOfClip;
|
|
|
4658 else
|
|
|
4659 type = (strchr(*textOfClip, '\r') != NULL) ? MLINE : MCHAR;
|
|
|
4660
|
|
|
4661 tempclip = lalloc(scrapSize + 1, TRUE);
|
|
|
4662 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize);
|
|
|
4663 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0;
|
|
7
|
4664
|
|
766
|
4665 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
838
|
4666 {
|
|
168
|
4667 /* Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) */
|
|
|
4668 size_t encLen = 0;
|
|
|
4669 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen);
|
|
838
|
4670
|
|
|
4671 if (to != NULL)
|
|
7
|
4672 {
|
|
168
|
4673 scrapSize = encLen;
|
|
|
4674 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4675 tempclip = to;
|
|
7
|
4676 }
|
|
838
|
4677 }
|
|
7
|
4678 #endif
|
|
502
|
4679
|
|
838
|
4680 searchCR = (char *)tempclip;
|
|
|
4681 while (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4682 {
|
|
|
4683 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r');
|
|
|
4684 if (searchCR != NULL)
|
|
|
4685 *searchCR = '\n';
|
|
7
|
4686 }
|
|
838
|
4687
|
|
|
4688 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
|
4689
|
|
|
4690 vim_free(tempclip);
|
|
|
4691 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4692
|
|
|
4693 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4694 }
|
|
|
4695
|
|
|
4696 void
|
|
593
|
4697 clip_mch_lose_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4698 {
|
|
|
4699 /*
|
|
|
4700 * TODO: Really nothing to do?
|
|
|
4701 */
|
|
|
4702 }
|
|
|
4703
|
|
|
4704 int
|
|
593
|
4705 clip_mch_own_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4706 {
|
|
|
4707 return OK;
|
|
|
4708 }
|
|
|
4709
|
|
|
4710 /*
|
|
|
4711 * Send the current selection to the clipboard.
|
|
|
4712 */
|
|
|
4713 void
|
|
593
|
4714 clip_mch_set_selection(VimClipboard *cbd)
|
|
7
|
4715 {
|
|
|
4716 Handle textOfClip;
|
|
|
4717 long scrapSize;
|
|
|
4718 int type;
|
|
|
4719 ScrapRef scrap;
|
|
|
4720
|
|
|
4721 char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
|
4722
|
|
|
4723 if (!cbd->owned)
|
|
|
4724 return;
|
|
|
4725
|
|
|
4726 clip_get_selection(cbd);
|
|
|
4727
|
|
|
4728 /*
|
|
|
4729 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets
|
|
|
4730 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it.
|
|
|
4731 */
|
|
|
4732 cbd->owned = FALSE;
|
|
|
4733
|
|
838
|
4734 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd);
|
|
7
|
4735
|
|
766
|
4736 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4737 size_t utf16_len = 0;
|
|
|
4738 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len);
|
|
|
4739 if (to)
|
|
7
|
4740 {
|
|
168
|
4741 scrapSize = utf16_len;
|
|
|
4742 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4743 str = (char_u *)to;
|
|
7
|
4744 }
|
|
|
4745 #endif
|
|
|
4746
|
|
|
4747 if (type >= 0)
|
|
|
4748 {
|
|
|
4749 ClearCurrentScrap();
|
|
593
|
4750
|
|
9
|
4751 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1);
|
|
7
|
4752 HLock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4753
|
|
9
|
4754 **textOfClip = type;
|
|
168
|
4755 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize);
|
|
9
|
4756 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap);
|
|
838
|
4757 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
9
|
4758 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1);
|
|
|
4759 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone,
|
|
|
4760 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip);
|
|
7
|
4761 HUnlock(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4762 DisposeHandle(textOfClip);
|
|
|
4763 }
|
|
|
4764
|
|
|
4765 vim_free(str);
|
|
|
4766 }
|
|
|
4767
|
|
|
4768 void
|
|
593
|
4769 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4770 {
|
|
|
4771 Rect VimBound;
|
|
|
4772
|
|
9
|
4773 /* HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); */
|
|
7
|
4774 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4775
|
|
|
4776 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
4777 {
|
|
|
4778 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1;
|
|
|
4779 }
|
|
|
4780 else
|
|
|
4781 {
|
|
|
4782 VimBound.left = 0;
|
|
|
4783 }
|
|
|
4784
|
|
|
4785 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound);
|
|
|
4786
|
|
9
|
4787 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow);
|
|
7
|
4788 }
|
|
|
4789
|
|
|
4790 /*
|
|
|
4791 * Menu stuff.
|
|
|
4792 */
|
|
|
4793
|
|
|
4794 void
|
|
593
|
4795 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
7
|
4796 {
|
|
|
4797 /*
|
|
444
|
4798 * Menu is always active.
|
|
7
|
4799 */
|
|
|
4800 }
|
|
|
4801
|
|
|
4802 void
|
|
593
|
4803 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
7
|
4804 {
|
|
|
4805 /*
|
|
444
|
4806 * The menu is always at the top of the screen.
|
|
7
|
4807 */
|
|
|
4808 }
|
|
|
4809
|
|
|
4810 /*
|
|
|
4811 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
|
4812 */
|
|
|
4813 void
|
|
593
|
4814 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4815 {
|
|
|
4816 /*
|
|
|
4817 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle.
|
|
|
4818 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext
|
|
|
4819 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id
|
|
|
4820 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235
|
|
|
4821 */
|
|
|
4822 static long next_avail_id = 128;
|
|
|
4823 long menu_after_me = 0; /* Default to the end */
|
|
593
|
4824 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4825 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4826 #else
|
|
7
|
4827 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4828 #endif
|
|
7
|
4829 short index;
|
|
|
4830 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4831 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next;
|
|
|
4832
|
|
|
4833 /* Cannot add a menu if ... */
|
|
|
4834 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0))
|
|
|
4835 return;
|
|
|
4836
|
|
|
4837 /* menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? */
|
|
|
4838 if (next_avail_id == 1024)
|
|
|
4839 return;
|
|
|
4840
|
|
|
4841 /* My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother */
|
|
|
4842 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name)))
|
|
|
4843 brother = brother->next;
|
|
|
4844
|
|
|
4845 /* Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) */
|
|
|
4846 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL))
|
|
|
4847 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id;
|
|
|
4848
|
|
|
4849 /* If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' */
|
|
|
4850 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
|
4851 menu_after_me = hierMenu;
|
|
|
4852
|
|
|
4853 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4854 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4855 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4856 #else
|
|
7
|
4857 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4858 #endif
|
|
7
|
4859 if (name == NULL)
|
|
|
4860 return;
|
|
|
4861
|
|
|
4862 /* Create the menu unless it's the help menu */
|
|
|
4863 {
|
|
|
4864 /* Carbon suggest use of
|
|
9
|
4865 * OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *);
|
|
|
4866 * OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title);
|
|
7
|
4867 */
|
|
|
4868 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id;
|
|
593
|
4869 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4870 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr)
|
|
|
4871 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name);
|
|
|
4872 #else
|
|
9
|
4873 menu->submenu_handle = NewMenu(menu->submenu_id, name);
|
|
168
|
4874 #endif
|
|
7
|
4875 next_avail_id++;
|
|
|
4876 }
|
|
|
4877
|
|
|
4878 if (parent == NULL)
|
|
|
4879 {
|
|
|
4880 /* Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) */
|
|
|
4881
|
|
|
4882 /* TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the
|
|
|
4883 * menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos
|
|
|
4884 */
|
|
|
4885
|
|
593
|
4886 /* Insert the menu */
|
|
|
4887 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); /* insert before */
|
|
7
|
4888 #if 1
|
|
|
4889 /* Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify */
|
|
|
4890 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4891 #endif
|
|
|
4892 }
|
|
|
4893 else
|
|
|
4894 {
|
|
|
4895 /* Adding as a submenu */
|
|
|
4896
|
|
9
|
4897 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
4898
|
|
|
4899 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
4900 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
4901 */
|
|
|
4902 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
593
|
4903 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4904 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
4905 #else
|
|
7
|
4906 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
4907 #endif
|
|
7
|
4908 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B);
|
|
|
4909 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
4910 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu);
|
|
|
4911 }
|
|
|
4912
|
|
593
|
4913 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4914 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
4915 #else
|
|
9
|
4916 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
4917 #endif
|
|
7
|
4918
|
|
|
4919 #if 0
|
|
|
4920 /* Done by Vim later on */
|
|
|
4921 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
4922 #endif
|
|
|
4923 }
|
|
|
4924
|
|
|
4925 /*
|
|
|
4926 * Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
|
4927 */
|
|
|
4928 void
|
|
593
|
4929 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx)
|
|
7
|
4930 {
|
|
593
|
4931 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
4932 CFStringRef name;
|
|
|
4933 #else
|
|
7
|
4934 char_u *name;
|
|
168
|
4935 #endif
|
|
7
|
4936 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
4937 int menu_inserted;
|
|
|
4938
|
|
|
4939 /* Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created */
|
|
|
4940 if (parent->submenu_id == 0)
|
|
|
4941 return;
|
|
|
4942
|
|
|
4943 /* Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu,
|
|
|
4944 for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) */
|
|
|
4945
|
|
|
4946 /* Convert the name */
|
|
766
|
4947 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
4948 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu);
|
|
|
4949 #else
|
|
7
|
4950 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname);
|
|
168
|
4951 #endif
|
|
7
|
4952
|
|
|
4953 /* Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id */
|
|
|
4954 menu->submenu_id = 0;
|
|
|
4955 menu->submenu_handle = NULL;
|
|
|
4956
|
|
|
4957 menu_inserted = 0;
|
|
|
4958 if (menu->actext)
|
|
|
4959 {
|
|
|
4960 /* If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes
|
|
|
4961 * a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the
|
|
|
4962 * item's command equivalent.
|
|
|
4963 */
|
|
|
4964 int key = 0;
|
|
|
4965 int modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
4966 char_u *p_actext;
|
|
|
4967
|
|
|
4968 p_actext = menu->actext;
|
|
1776
|
4969 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE);
|
|
7
|
4970 if (*p_actext != 0)
|
|
|
4971 key = 0; /* error: trailing text */
|
|
|
4972 /* find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the
|
|
|
4973 * specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for
|
|
|
4974 * "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD
|
|
|
4975 * as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the
|
|
|
4976 * modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable
|
|
|
4977 * character plus modifiers.
|
|
|
4978 * TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't
|
|
|
4979 * apply modifiers.
|
|
|
4980 */
|
|
|
4981 if (key > 0 && key < 32)
|
|
|
4982 {
|
|
|
4983 /* Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that
|
|
|
4984 * by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish
|
|
|
4985 * between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S.
|
|
|
4986 */
|
|
|
4987 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
4988 key += '@';
|
|
|
4989 }
|
|
|
4990 /* If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier.
|
|
|
4991 * If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert
|
|
|
4992 * the letter to uppercase for display in the menu.
|
|
|
4993 */
|
|
|
4994 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z')
|
|
|
4995 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
4996 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z')
|
|
|
4997 key += 'A' - 'a';
|
|
|
4998 /* Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. */
|
|
|
4999 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key))
|
|
|
5000 {
|
|
|
5001 int valid = 1;
|
|
|
5002 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers;
|
|
|
5003 /* Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. */
|
|
|
5004 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT)
|
|
|
5005 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier;
|
|
|
5006 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL)
|
|
|
5007 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier;
|
|
|
5008 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD))
|
|
|
5009 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier;
|
|
|
5010 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK)
|
|
|
5011 valid = 0; /* TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? */
|
|
|
5012 if (valid)
|
|
|
5013 {
|
|
|
5014 char_u item_txt[10];
|
|
|
5015 /* Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. */
|
|
|
5016 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/';
|
|
|
5017 item_txt[3] = key;
|
|
|
5018 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx);
|
|
|
5019 /* Set the modifier keys. */
|
|
|
5020 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods);
|
|
|
5021 menu_inserted = 1;
|
|
|
5022 }
|
|
|
5023 }
|
|
|
5024 }
|
|
|
5025 /* Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText
|
|
|
5026 * to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem
|
|
|
5027 */
|
|
|
5028 if (!menu_inserted)
|
|
|
5029 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); /* afterItem */
|
|
|
5030 /* Set the menu item name. */
|
|
593
|
5031 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5032 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
|
5033 #else
|
|
7
|
5034 SetMenuItemText(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name);
|
|
168
|
5035 #endif
|
|
7
|
5036
|
|
|
5037 #if 0
|
|
|
5038 /* Called by Vim */
|
|
|
5039 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5040 #endif
|
|
|
5041
|
|
593
|
5042 #if defined(FEAT_MBYTE)
|
|
168
|
5043 CFRelease(name);
|
|
|
5044 #else
|
|
7
|
5045 /* TODO: Can name be freed? */
|
|
|
5046 vim_free(name);
|
|
168
|
5047 #endif
|
|
7
|
5048 }
|
|
|
5049
|
|
|
5050 void
|
|
593
|
5051 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable)
|
|
7
|
5052 {
|
|
|
5053 /* no tearoff menus */
|
|
|
5054 }
|
|
|
5055
|
|
|
5056 /*
|
|
|
5057 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
|
5058 */
|
|
|
5059 void
|
|
593
|
5060 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5061 {
|
|
9
|
5062 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5063
|
|
|
5064 if (index > 0)
|
|
|
5065 {
|
|
|
5066 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5067 {
|
|
|
5068 {
|
|
|
5069 /* For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5070 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
7
|
5071
|
|
|
5072 /* Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu */
|
|
|
5073 if (menu->submenu_id != 0)
|
|
|
5074 {
|
|
9
|
5075 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5076 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5077 }
|
|
|
5078 }
|
|
|
5079 }
|
|
|
5080 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU
|
|
|
5081 else
|
|
|
5082 {
|
|
9
|
5083 printf("gmdm 2\n");
|
|
7
|
5084 }
|
|
|
5085 #endif
|
|
|
5086 }
|
|
|
5087 else
|
|
|
5088 {
|
|
|
5089 {
|
|
9
|
5090 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
|
5091 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle);
|
|
7
|
5092 }
|
|
|
5093 }
|
|
|
5094 /* Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check */
|
|
|
5095 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5096 }
|
|
|
5097
|
|
|
5098 /*
|
|
|
5099 * Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
|
5100 */
|
|
|
5101 void
|
|
593
|
5102 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey)
|
|
7
|
5103 {
|
|
|
5104 /* TODO: Check if menu really exists */
|
|
9
|
5105 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu);
|
|
7
|
5106 /*
|
|
|
5107 index = menu->index;
|
|
|
5108 */
|
|
|
5109 if (grey)
|
|
|
5110 {
|
|
|
5111 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5112 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5113 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5114 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5115 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5116 }
|
|
|
5117 else
|
|
|
5118 {
|
|
|
5119 if (menu->children)
|
|
|
5120 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5121 if (menu->parent)
|
|
|
5122 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle)
|
|
|
5123 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index);
|
|
|
5124 }
|
|
|
5125 }
|
|
|
5126
|
|
|
5127 /*
|
|
|
5128 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
|
5129 */
|
|
|
5130 void
|
|
593
|
5131 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden)
|
|
7
|
5132 {
|
|
|
5133 /* There's no hidden mode on MacOS */
|
|
9
|
5134 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
7
|
5135 }
|
|
|
5136
|
|
|
5137
|
|
|
5138 /*
|
|
|
5139 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
|
5140 */
|
|
|
5141 void
|
|
593
|
5142 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
7
|
5143 {
|
|
|
5144 DrawMenuBar();
|
|
|
5145 }
|
|
|
5146
|
|
|
5147
|
|
|
5148 /*
|
|
|
5149 * Scrollbar stuff.
|
|
|
5150 */
|
|
|
5151
|
|
|
5152 void
|
|
593
|
5153 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5154 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5155 int flag)
|
|
7
|
5156 {
|
|
|
5157 if (flag)
|
|
|
5158 ShowControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5159 else
|
|
|
5160 HideControl(sb->id);
|
|
|
5161
|
|
|
5162 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5163 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag);
|
|
7
|
5164 #endif
|
|
|
5165 }
|
|
|
5166
|
|
|
5167 void
|
|
593
|
5168 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
|
5169 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5170 long val,
|
|
|
5171 long size,
|
|
|
5172 long max)
|
|
7
|
5173 {
|
|
|
5174 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max);
|
|
|
5175 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0);
|
|
|
5176 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val);
|
|
1107
|
5177 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size);
|
|
7
|
5178 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5179 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %x, %x,%x\n",sb->id, val, size, max);
|
|
7
|
5180 #endif
|
|
|
5181 }
|
|
|
5182
|
|
|
5183 void
|
|
593
|
5184 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
|
5185 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5186 int x,
|
|
|
5187 int y,
|
|
|
5188 int w,
|
|
|
5189 int h)
|
|
7
|
5190 {
|
|
|
5191 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
|
5192 /* if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5193 {
|
|
9
|
5194 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y);
|
|
|
5195 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5196 }
|
|
|
5197 else
|
|
|
5198 {
|
|
9
|
5199 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5200 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h);
|
|
7
|
5201 }*/
|
|
|
5202 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar)
|
|
|
5203 h += 1;
|
|
|
5204 else
|
|
|
5205 w += 1;
|
|
|
5206
|
|
|
5207 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT])
|
|
|
5208 x -= 15;
|
|
|
5209
|
|
9
|
5210 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y);
|
|
|
5211 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5212 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5213 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h);
|
|
7
|
5214 #endif
|
|
|
5215 }
|
|
|
5216
|
|
|
5217 void
|
|
593
|
5218 gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
|
5219 scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
|
5220 int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
7
|
5221 {
|
|
|
5222 Rect bounds;
|
|
|
5223
|
|
|
5224 bounds.top = -16;
|
|
|
5225 bounds.bottom = -10;
|
|
|
5226 bounds.right = -10;
|
|
|
5227 bounds.left = -16;
|
|
|
5228
|
|
9
|
5229 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow,
|
|
7
|
5230 &bounds,
|
|
|
5231 "\pScrollBar",
|
|
|
5232 TRUE,
|
|
|
5233 0, /* current*/
|
|
|
5234 0, /* top */
|
|
|
5235 0, /* bottom */
|
|
|
5236 kControlScrollBarLiveProc,
|
|
|
5237 (long) sb->ident);
|
|
|
5238 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5239 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient);
|
|
7
|
5240 #endif
|
|
|
5241 }
|
|
|
5242
|
|
|
5243 void
|
|
593
|
5244 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
7
|
5245 {
|
|
|
5246 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel);
|
|
9
|
5247 DisposeControl(sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5248 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB
|
|
9
|
5249 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id);
|
|
7
|
5250 #endif
|
|
|
5251 }
|
|
|
5252
|
|
|
5253
|
|
|
5254 /*
|
|
|
5255 * Cursor blink functions.
|
|
|
5256 *
|
|
|
5257 * This is a simple state machine:
|
|
|
5258 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
|
5259 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
|
5260 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
|
5261 */
|
|
|
5262 void
|
|
|
5263 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
|
5264 {
|
|
|
5265 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5266 /* blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
|
5267 blink_ontime = on;
|
|
|
5268 blink_offtime = off;*/
|
|
|
5269 }
|
|
|
5270
|
|
|
5271 /*
|
|
|
5272 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
|
5273 */
|
|
|
5274 void
|
|
593
|
5275 gui_mch_stop_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5276 {
|
|
|
5277 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5278 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5279 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
5280 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF)
|
|
|
5281 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5282 blink_state = BLINK_NONE;*/
|
|
|
5283 }
|
|
|
5284
|
|
|
5285 /*
|
|
|
5286 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
|
5287 * waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
|
5288 */
|
|
|
5289 void
|
|
593
|
5290 gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
7
|
5291 {
|
|
|
5292 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5293 /* TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: */
|
|
|
5294 /* gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); */
|
|
|
5295
|
|
|
5296 /* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
|
5297 /* if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime)
|
|
|
5298 {
|
|
|
5299 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
|
5300 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
|
5301 blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
|
5302 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
|
5303 }*/
|
|
|
5304 }
|
|
|
5305
|
|
|
5306 /*
|
|
|
5307 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long.
|
|
|
5308 */
|
|
|
5309 long_u
|
|
|
5310 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
|
5311 {
|
|
|
5312 return (Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel);
|
|
|
5313 }
|
|
|
5314
|
|
|
5315
|
|
|
5316
|
|
|
5317 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE
|
|
|
5318 /*
|
|
|
5319 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
|
5320 * or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
|
5321 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
|
5322 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
|
5323 * dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
|
5324 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
|
5325 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
|
5326 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
|
5327 * Has a format like this:
|
|
|
5328 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0"
|
|
|
5329 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0"
|
|
|
5330 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file
|
|
|
5331 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will
|
|
|
5332 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files.
|
|
|
5333 *
|
|
|
5334 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls.
|
|
|
5335 */
|
|
|
5336 char_u *
|
|
|
5337 gui_mch_browse(
|
|
|
5338 int saving,
|
|
|
5339 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5340 char_u *dflt,
|
|
|
5341 char_u *ext,
|
|
|
5342 char_u *initdir,
|
|
|
5343 char_u *filter)
|
|
|
5344 {
|
|
|
5345 /* TODO: Add Ammon's safety checl (Dany) */
|
|
|
5346 NavReplyRecord reply;
|
|
|
5347 char_u *fname = NULL;
|
|
|
5348 char_u **fnames = NULL;
|
|
|
5349 long numFiles;
|
|
|
5350 NavDialogOptions navOptions;
|
|
|
5351 OSErr error;
|
|
|
5352
|
|
|
5353 /* Get Navigation Service Defaults value */
|
|
9
|
5354 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions);
|
|
7
|
5355
|
|
|
5356
|
|
|
5357 /* TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. */
|
|
|
5358 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles
|
|
|
5359 | kNavDontAutoTranslate
|
|
|
5360 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems
|
|
|
5361 /* | kNavAllowMultipleFiles */
|
|
|
5362 | kNavAllowStationery;
|
|
|
5363
|
|
9
|
5364 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message);
|
|
|
5365 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName);
|
|
7
|
5366 /* Could set clientName?
|
|
|
5367 * windowTitle? (there's no title bar?)
|
|
|
5368 */
|
|
|
5369
|
|
|
5370 if (saving)
|
|
|
5371 {
|
|
|
5372 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
9
|
5373 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL);
|
|
7
|
5374 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5375 return NULL;
|
|
|
5376 }
|
|
|
5377 else
|
|
|
5378 {
|
|
|
5379 /* Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt */
|
|
|
5380 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
5381 if (!reply.validRecord)
|
|
|
5382 return NULL;
|
|
|
5383 }
|
|
|
5384
|
|
|
5385 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error);
|
|
|
5386
|
|
9
|
5387 NavDisposeReply(&reply);
|
|
7
|
5388
|
|
|
5389 if (fnames)
|
|
|
5390 {
|
|
|
5391 fname = fnames[0];
|
|
|
5392 vim_free(fnames);
|
|
|
5393 }
|
|
|
5394
|
|
|
5395 /* TODO: Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
|
5396 return fname;
|
|
|
5397 }
|
|
|
5398 #endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
5399
|
|
|
5400 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG
|
|
|
5401 /*
|
|
|
5402 * Stuff for dialogues
|
|
|
5403 */
|
|
|
5404
|
|
|
5405 /*
|
|
|
5406 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
|
5407 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
|
5408 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
|
5409 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
|
5410 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
|
5411 * dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
|
5412 *
|
|
|
5413 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
|
5414 * 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
|
5415 *
|
|
|
5416 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
|
5417 * -1 for unexpected error
|
|
|
5418 *
|
|
|
5419 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
|
5420 */
|
|
|
5421
|
|
|
5422 typedef struct
|
|
|
5423 {
|
|
|
5424 short idx;
|
|
|
5425 short width; /* Size of the text in pixel */
|
|
|
5426 Rect box;
|
|
|
5427 } vgmDlgItm; /* Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item */
|
|
|
5428
|
|
|
5429 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top)
|
|
|
5430
|
|
|
5431 static void
|
|
|
5432 macMoveDialogItem(
|
|
|
5433 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5434 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5435 short X,
|
|
|
5436 short Y,
|
|
|
5437 Rect *inBox)
|
|
|
5438 {
|
|
|
5439 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
|
5440 /* Untested */
|
|
9
|
5441 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5442 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
9
|
5443 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox);
|
|
7
|
5444 #else
|
|
|
5445 short itemType;
|
|
|
5446 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5447 Rect localBox;
|
|
|
5448 Rect *itemBox = &localBox;
|
|
|
5449
|
|
|
5450 if (inBox != nil)
|
|
|
5451 itemBox = inBox;
|
|
|
5452
|
|
9
|
5453 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
|
5454 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top);
|
|
|
5455 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y);
|
|
7
|
5456 /* To move a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5457 * MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 */
|
|
|
5458 if (1) /*(itemType & kControlDialogItem) */
|
|
9
|
5459 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y);
|
|
|
5460 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5461 #endif
|
|
|
5462 }
|
|
|
5463
|
|
|
5464 static void
|
|
|
5465 macSizeDialogItem(
|
|
|
5466 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5467 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5468 short width,
|
|
|
5469 short height)
|
|
|
5470 {
|
|
|
5471 short itemType;
|
|
|
5472 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5473 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5474
|
|
9
|
5475 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5476
|
|
|
5477 /* When width or height is zero do not change it */
|
|
|
5478 if (width == 0)
|
|
|
5479 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left;
|
|
|
5480 if (height == 0)
|
|
|
5481 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top;
|
|
|
5482
|
|
|
5483 #if 0 /* USE_CARBONIZED */
|
|
9
|
5484 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); /* Untested */
|
|
7
|
5485 #else
|
|
|
5486 /* Resize the bounding box */
|
|
|
5487 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width;
|
|
|
5488 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height;
|
|
|
5489
|
|
|
5490 /* To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both
|
|
|
5491 * SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) */
|
|
|
5492 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5493 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height);
|
|
7
|
5494
|
|
|
5495 /* Configure back the item */
|
|
9
|
5496 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5497 #endif
|
|
|
5498 }
|
|
|
5499
|
|
|
5500 static void
|
|
|
5501 macSetDialogItemText(
|
|
|
5502 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5503 short itemNumber,
|
|
|
5504 Str255 itemName)
|
|
|
5505 {
|
|
|
5506 short itemType;
|
|
|
5507 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5508 Rect itemBox;
|
|
|
5509
|
|
9
|
5510 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox);
|
|
7
|
5511
|
|
|
5512 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem)
|
|
9
|
5513 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5514 else
|
|
9
|
5515 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName);
|
|
7
|
5516 }
|
|
|
5517
|
|
1572
|
5518
|
|
|
5519 /* ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators.
|
|
|
5520 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys;
|
|
|
5521 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling.
|
|
|
5522 */
|
|
|
5523 static pascal Boolean
|
|
|
5524 DialogHotkeyFilterProc (
|
|
|
5525 DialogRef theDialog,
|
|
|
5526 EventRecord *event,
|
|
|
5527 DialogItemIndex *itemHit)
|
|
|
5528 {
|
|
|
5529 char_u keyHit;
|
|
|
5530
|
|
|
5531 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey)
|
|
|
5532 {
|
|
|
5533 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask);
|
|
|
5534
|
|
|
5535 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit])
|
|
|
5536 {
|
|
|
5537 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS
|
|
|
5538 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]);
|
|
|
5539 #endif
|
|
|
5540 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit];
|
|
|
5541
|
|
|
5542 /* When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user
|
|
|
5543 * clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed
|
|
|
5544 * to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user
|
|
|
5545 * feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too
|
|
|
5546 * fast to be seen).
|
|
|
5547 */
|
|
|
5548 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit;
|
|
|
5549
|
|
|
5550 return true; /* we took care of it */
|
|
|
5551 }
|
|
|
5552
|
|
|
5553 /* Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event.
|
|
|
5554 * This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. */
|
|
|
5555 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit);
|
|
|
5556 }
|
|
|
5557 return false; /* Let ModalDialog deal with it */
|
|
|
5558 }
|
|
|
5559
|
|
|
5560
|
|
593
|
5561 /* TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox
|
|
|
5562 * (Jussi)
|
|
|
5563 */
|
|
7
|
5564 int
|
|
|
5565 gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
|
5566 int type,
|
|
|
5567 char_u *title,
|
|
|
5568 char_u *message,
|
|
|
5569 char_u *buttons,
|
|
|
5570 int dfltbutton,
|
|
|
5571 char_u *textfield)
|
|
|
5572 {
|
|
|
5573 Handle buttonDITL;
|
|
|
5574 Handle iconDITL;
|
|
|
5575 Handle inputDITL;
|
|
|
5576 Handle messageDITL;
|
|
|
5577 Handle itemHandle;
|
|
|
5578 Handle iconHandle;
|
|
|
5579 DialogPtr theDialog;
|
|
|
5580 char_u len;
|
|
|
5581 char_u PascalTitle[256]; /* place holder for the title */
|
|
|
5582 char_u name[256];
|
|
|
5583 GrafPtr oldPort;
|
|
|
5584 short itemHit;
|
|
|
5585 char_u *buttonChar;
|
|
1572
|
5586 short hotKeys[256]; /* map of hotkey -> control ID */
|
|
|
5587 char_u aHotKey;
|
|
7
|
5588 Rect box;
|
|
|
5589 short button;
|
|
|
5590 short lastButton;
|
|
|
5591 short itemType;
|
|
|
5592 short useIcon;
|
|
|
5593 short width;
|
|
1377
|
5594 short totalButtonWidth = 0; /* the width of all buttons together
|
|
1212
|
5595 including spacing */
|
|
7
|
5596 short widestButton = 0;
|
|
|
5597 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5598 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5599 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; /* from IM:V.2-29 */
|
|
|
5600 short maximumWidth = 400; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5601 short maxButtonWidth = 175; /* gut feeling */
|
|
|
5602
|
|
|
5603 short vertical;
|
|
|
5604 short dialogHeight;
|
|
|
5605 short messageLines = 3;
|
|
|
5606 FontInfo textFontInfo;
|
|
|
5607
|
|
|
5608 vgmDlgItm iconItm;
|
|
|
5609 vgmDlgItm messageItm;
|
|
|
5610 vgmDlgItm inputItm;
|
|
|
5611 vgmDlgItm buttonItm;
|
|
|
5612
|
|
|
5613 WindowRef theWindow;
|
|
|
5614
|
|
1572
|
5615 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP;
|
|
|
5616
|
|
7
|
5617 /* Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. */
|
|
|
5618 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
|
5619
|
|
|
5620 /* Create a new Dialog Box from template. */
|
|
9
|
5621 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1);
|
|
7
|
5622
|
|
|
5623 /* Get the WindowRef */
|
|
|
5624 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog);
|
|
|
5625
|
|
|
5626 /* Hide the window.
|
|
|
5627 * 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing
|
|
|
5628 * 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item
|
|
|
5629 * within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9)
|
|
|
5630 * Could be avoided by changing the resource.
|
|
|
5631 */
|
|
9
|
5632 HideWindow(theWindow);
|
|
7
|
5633
|
|
|
5634 /* Change the graphical port to the dialog,
|
|
|
5635 * so we can measure the text with the proper font */
|
|
9
|
5636 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5637 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5638
|
|
|
5639 /* Get the info about the default text,
|
|
|
5640 * used to calculate the height of the message
|
|
|
5641 * and of the text field */
|
|
|
5642 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo);
|
|
|
5643
|
|
|
5644 /* Set the dialog title */
|
|
|
5645 if (title != NULL)
|
|
|
5646 {
|
|
9
|
5647 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle);
|
|
|
5648 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle);
|
|
7
|
5649 }
|
|
|
5650
|
|
|
5651 /* Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
9
|
5652 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130);
|
|
7
|
5653 buttonChar = buttons;
|
|
|
5654 button = 0;
|
|
|
5655
|
|
1572
|
5656 /* initialize the hotkey mapping */
|
|
|
5657 memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys));
|
|
|
5658
|
|
7
|
5659 for (;*buttonChar != 0;)
|
|
|
5660 {
|
|
|
5661 /* Get the name of the button */
|
|
|
5662 button++;
|
|
|
5663 len = 0;
|
|
|
5664 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++)
|
|
|
5665 {
|
|
|
5666 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR)
|
|
|
5667 name[++len] = *buttonChar;
|
|
1572
|
5668 else
|
|
|
5669 {
|
|
|
5670 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1);
|
|
|
5671 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z')
|
|
|
5672 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A');
|
|
|
5673 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button;
|
|
|
5674 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS
|
|
|
5675 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey);
|
|
|
5676 #endif
|
|
|
5677 }
|
|
7
|
5678 }
|
|
1572
|
5679
|
|
7
|
5680 if (*buttonChar != 0)
|
|
|
5681 buttonChar++;
|
|
|
5682 name[0] = len;
|
|
|
5683
|
|
|
5684 /* Add the button */
|
|
9
|
5685 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); /* appendDITLRight); */
|
|
7
|
5686
|
|
|
5687 /* Change the button's name */
|
|
9
|
5688 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name);
|
|
7
|
5689
|
|
|
5690 /* Resize the button to fit its name */
|
|
9
|
5691 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge;
|
|
7
|
5692 /* Limite the size of any button to an acceptable value. */
|
|
|
5693 /* TODO: Should be based on the message width */
|
|
|
5694 if (width > maxButtonWidth)
|
|
|
5695 width = maxButtonWidth;
|
|
9
|
5696 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0);
|
|
7
|
5697
|
|
|
5698 totalButtonWidth += width;
|
|
|
5699
|
|
|
5700 if (width > widestButton)
|
|
|
5701 widestButton = width;
|
|
|
5702 }
|
|
9
|
5703 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL);
|
|
7
|
5704 lastButton = button;
|
|
|
5705
|
|
|
5706 /* Add the icon to the Dialog Box. */
|
|
|
5707 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1;
|
|
9
|
5708 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131);
|
|
7
|
5709 switch (type)
|
|
|
5710 {
|
|
|
5711 case VIM_GENERIC: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5712 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5713 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon;
|
|
|
5714 case VIM_INFO: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5715 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon;
|
|
|
5716 default: useIcon = kStopIcon;
|
|
|
5717 };
|
|
9
|
5718 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5719 ReleaseResource(iconDITL);
|
|
|
5720 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5721 /* TODO: Should the item be freed? */
|
|
9
|
5722 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon);
|
|
|
5723 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5724
|
|
|
5725 /* Add the message to the Dialog box. */
|
|
|
5726 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2;
|
|
9
|
5727 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5728 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5729 ReleaseResource(messageDITL);
|
|
|
5730 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5731 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name);
|
|
|
5732 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5733 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
7
|
5734
|
|
|
5735 /* Add the input box if needed */
|
|
|
5736 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5737 {
|
|
857
|
5738 /* Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit */
|
|
7
|
5739 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3;
|
|
9
|
5740 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132);
|
|
|
5741 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL);
|
|
|
5742 ReleaseResource(inputDITL);
|
|
|
5743 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5744 /* SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box);*/
|
|
|
5745 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name);
|
|
|
5746 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name);
|
|
|
5747 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name);
|
|
1572
|
5748
|
|
|
5749 /* Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field */
|
|
|
5750 gDialogHotKeys = NULL;
|
|
7
|
5751 }
|
|
1572
|
5752 else
|
|
|
5753 /* Install hotkey table */
|
|
|
5754 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys;
|
|
7
|
5755
|
|
|
5756 /* Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. */
|
|
9
|
5757 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton);
|
|
|
5758 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0);
|
|
7
|
5759
|
|
|
5760 /* Reposition element */
|
|
|
5761
|
|
|
5762 /* Check if we need to force vertical */
|
|
|
5763 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth)
|
|
|
5764 vertical = TRUE;
|
|
|
5765
|
|
|
5766 /* Place icon */
|
|
9
|
5767 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box);
|
|
7
|
5768 iconItm.box.right = box.right;
|
|
|
5769 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom;
|
|
|
5770
|
|
|
5771 /* Place Message */
|
|
|
5772 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace;
|
|
9
|
5773 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent));
|
|
|
5774 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5775
|
|
|
5776 /* Place Input */
|
|
|
5777 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5778 {
|
|
|
5779 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5780 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
9
|
5781 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent);
|
|
|
5782 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5783 /* Convert the static text into a text edit.
|
|
|
5784 * For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) */
|
|
9
|
5785 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
|
5786 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box);
|
|
7
|
5787 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767);
|
|
|
5788 }
|
|
|
5789
|
|
|
5790 /* Place Button */
|
|
|
5791 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5792 {
|
|
|
5793 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5794 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5795 }
|
|
|
5796 else
|
|
|
5797 {
|
|
|
5798 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left;
|
|
|
5799 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5800 }
|
|
|
5801
|
|
|
5802 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++)
|
|
|
5803 {
|
|
|
5804
|
|
9
|
5805 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box);
|
|
1377
|
5806 /* With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length */
|
|
7
|
5807 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5808 {
|
|
9
|
5809 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0);
|
|
|
5810 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
7
|
5811 }
|
|
|
5812 /* Calculate position of next button */
|
|
|
5813 if (vertical)
|
|
|
5814 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5815 else
|
|
|
5816 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5817 }
|
|
|
5818
|
|
|
5819 /* Resize the dialog box */
|
|
|
5820 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing;
|
|
|
5821 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE);
|
|
|
5822
|
|
|
5823 /* Magic resize */
|
|
9
|
5824 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5825 /* Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful */
|
|
|
5826
|
|
|
5827 /* Display it */
|
|
|
5828 ShowWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5829 /* BringToFront(theWindow); */
|
|
|
5830 SelectWindow(theWindow);
|
|
|
5831
|
|
9
|
5832 /* DrawDialog(theDialog); */
|
|
7
|
5833 #if 0
|
|
9
|
5834 GetPort(&oldPort);
|
|
|
5835 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5836 #endif
|
|
|
5837
|
|
857
|
5838 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5839 /* Avoid that we use key events for the main window. */
|
|
|
5840 dialog_busy = TRUE;
|
|
|
5841 #endif
|
|
|
5842
|
|
1572
|
5843 /* Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog */
|
|
|
5844 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc);
|
|
|
5845
|
|
7
|
5846 /* Hang until one of the button is hit */
|
|
|
5847 do
|
|
|
5848 {
|
|
1572
|
5849 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit);
|
|
7
|
5850 } while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton));
|
|
|
5851
|
|
857
|
5852 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER
|
|
|
5853 dialog_busy = FALSE;
|
|
|
5854 #endif
|
|
|
5855
|
|
7
|
5856 /* Copy back the text entered by the user into the param */
|
|
|
5857 if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
|
5858 {
|
|
9
|
5859 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box);
|
|
|
5860 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name);
|
|
7
|
5861 #if IOSIZE < 256
|
|
|
5862 /* Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed */
|
|
|
5863 if (name[0] > IOSIZE)
|
|
|
5864 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1;
|
|
|
5865 #endif
|
|
418
|
5866 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]);
|
|
7
|
5867 }
|
|
|
5868
|
|
|
5869 /* Restore the original graphical port */
|
|
9
|
5870 SetPort(oldPort);
|
|
7
|
5871
|
|
1572
|
5872 /* Free the modal filterProc */
|
|
|
5873 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP);
|
|
|
5874
|
|
7
|
5875 /* Get ride of th edialog (free memory) */
|
|
9
|
5876 DisposeDialog(theDialog);
|
|
7
|
5877
|
|
|
5878 return itemHit;
|
|
|
5879 /*
|
|
|
5880 * Usefull thing which could be used
|
|
|
5881 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout
|
|
|
5882 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box
|
|
|
5883 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem
|
|
|
5884 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?)
|
|
1373
|
5885 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length
|
|
7
|
5886 */
|
|
|
5887 }
|
|
|
5888 #endif /* FEAT_DIALOG_GUI */
|
|
|
5889
|
|
|
5890 /*
|
|
|
5891 * Display the saved error message(s).
|
|
|
5892 */
|
|
|
5893 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG
|
|
|
5894 void
|
|
593
|
5895 display_errors(void)
|
|
7
|
5896 {
|
|
|
5897 char *p;
|
|
|
5898 char_u pError[256];
|
|
|
5899
|
|
593
|
5900 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL)
|
|
|
5901 return;
|
|
|
5902
|
|
|
5903 /* avoid putting up a message box with blanks only */
|
|
|
5904 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p)
|
|
|
5905 if (!isspace(*p))
|
|
|
5906 {
|
|
|
5907 if (STRLEN(p) > 255)
|
|
|
5908 pError[0] = 255;
|
|
|
5909 else
|
|
|
5910 pError[0] = STRLEN(p);
|
|
|
5911
|
|
|
5912 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]);
|
|
|
5913 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil);
|
|
|
5914 Alert(128, nil);
|
|
|
5915 break;
|
|
|
5916 /* TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars
|
|
|
5917 * use auto-sizeable alert
|
|
|
5918 * or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone)
|
|
|
5919 */
|
|
|
5920 }
|
|
|
5921 ga_clear(&error_ga);
|
|
7
|
5922 }
|
|
|
5923 #endif
|
|
|
5924
|
|
|
5925 /*
|
|
87
|
5926 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
7
|
5927 */
|
|
95
|
5928 void
|
|
|
5929 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
7
|
5930 {
|
|
|
5931 Point where;
|
|
|
5932
|
|
|
5933 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
5934
|
|
87
|
5935 *x = where.h;
|
|
|
5936 *y = where.v;
|
|
7
|
5937 }
|
|
|
5938
|
|
|
5939 void
|
|
593
|
5940 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
7
|
5941 {
|
|
|
5942 /* TODO */
|
|
|
5943 #if 0
|
|
|
5944 /* From FAQ 3-11 */
|
|
|
5945
|
|
|
5946 CursorDevicePtr myMouse;
|
|
|
5947 Point where;
|
|
|
5948
|
|
9
|
5949 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap)
|
|
|
5950 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap))
|
|
7
|
5951 {
|
|
|
5952 /* New way */
|
|
|
5953
|
|
|
5954 /*
|
|
|
5955 * Get first devoice with one button.
|
|
|
5956 * This will probably be the standad mouse
|
|
|
5957 * startat head of cursor dev list
|
|
|
5958 *
|
|
|
5959 */
|
|
|
5960
|
|
|
5961 myMouse = nil;
|
|
|
5962
|
|
|
5963 do
|
|
|
5964 {
|
|
|
5965 /* Get the next cursor device */
|
|
|
5966 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse);
|
|
|
5967 }
|
|
9
|
5968 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1));
|
|
|
5969
|
|
|
5970 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y);
|
|
7
|
5971 }
|
|
|
5972 else
|
|
|
5973 {
|
|
|
5974 /* Old way */
|
|
|
5975 where.h = x;
|
|
|
5976 where.v = y;
|
|
|
5977
|
|
|
5978 *(Point *)RawMouse = where;
|
|
|
5979 *(Point *)MTemp = where;
|
|
|
5980 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF;
|
|
|
5981 }
|
|
|
5982 #endif
|
|
|
5983 }
|
|
|
5984
|
|
|
5985 void
|
|
593
|
5986 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
7
|
5987 {
|
|
|
5988 /*
|
|
|
5989 * Clone PopUp to use menu
|
|
|
5990 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection
|
|
|
5991 * Call the procedure
|
|
|
5992 */
|
|
|
5993
|
|
|
5994 MenuHandle CntxMenu;
|
|
|
5995 Point where;
|
|
|
5996 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
5997 UInt32 CntxType;
|
|
|
5998 SInt16 CntxMenuID;
|
|
|
5999 UInt16 CntxMenuItem;
|
|
|
6000 Str255 HelpName = "";
|
|
|
6001 GrafPtr savePort;
|
|
|
6002
|
|
|
6003 /* Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port */
|
|
9
|
6004 GetPort(&savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
|
6005
|
|
|
6006 GetMouse(&where);
|
|
|
6007 LocalToGlobal(&where); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6008 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle;
|
|
|
6009
|
|
|
6010 /* TODO: Get the text selection from Vim */
|
|
|
6011
|
|
|
6012 /* Call to Handle Popup */
|
|
1089
|
6013 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp,
|
|
1012
|
6014 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
6015
|
|
|
6016 if (status == noErr)
|
|
|
6017 {
|
|
|
6018 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6019 {
|
|
|
6020 /* Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem */
|
|
|
6021 /* The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu */
|
|
1012
|
6022 /* But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by
|
|
|
6023 * ContextualMenuSelect */
|
|
9
|
6024 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem);
|
|
7
|
6025 }
|
|
|
6026 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected)
|
|
|
6027 {
|
|
|
6028 /* Should come up with the help */
|
|
|
6029 }
|
|
|
6030 }
|
|
|
6031
|
|
|
6032 /* Restore original Port */
|
|
9
|
6033 SetPort(savePort); /*OSX*/
|
|
7
|
6034 }
|
|
|
6035
|
|
|
6036 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6037 /* TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) */
|
|
|
6038 void
|
|
|
6039 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf)
|
|
|
6040 {
|
|
9
|
6041 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec);
|
|
|
6042 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf);
|
|
7
|
6043 }
|
|
|
6044 #endif
|
|
|
6045
|
|
|
6046 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE
|
|
|
6047 /*
|
|
|
6048 * Set the window title and icon.
|
|
|
6049 * (The icon is not taken care of).
|
|
|
6050 */
|
|
|
6051 void
|
|
593
|
6052 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon)
|
|
7
|
6053 {
|
|
|
6054 /* TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller
|
|
|
6055 * that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar.
|
|
|
6056 */
|
|
766
|
6057 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
6058 CFStringRef windowTitle;
|
|
|
6059 size_t windowTitleLen;
|
|
|
6060 #else
|
|
7
|
6061 char_u *pascalTitle;
|
|
168
|
6062 #endif
|
|
7
|
6063
|
|
|
6064 if (title == NULL) /* nothing to do */
|
|
|
6065 return;
|
|
|
6066
|
|
766
|
6067 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
168
|
6068 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title);
|
|
1621
|
6069 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen);
|
|
168
|
6070
|
|
|
6071 if (windowTitle)
|
|
|
6072 {
|
|
|
6073 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle);
|
|
|
6074 CFRelease(windowTitle);
|
|
|
6075 }
|
|
|
6076 #else
|
|
7
|
6077 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title);
|
|
|
6078 if (pascalTitle != NULL)
|
|
|
6079 {
|
|
|
6080 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6081 vim_free(pascalTitle);
|
|
|
6082 }
|
|
168
|
6083 #endif
|
|
7
|
6084 }
|
|
|
6085 #endif
|
|
|
6086
|
|
|
6087 /*
|
|
|
6088 * Transfered from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work
|
|
|
6089 */
|
|
|
6090
|
|
|
6091 int
|
|
593
|
6092 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString)
|
|
7
|
6093 {
|
|
|
6094 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString;
|
|
|
6095 int len;
|
|
|
6096 int i;
|
|
|
6097
|
|
|
6098 PascalPtr[0] = 0;
|
|
|
6099 if (CString == NULL)
|
|
|
6100 return 0;
|
|
|
6101
|
|
|
6102 len = STRLEN(CString);
|
|
|
6103 if (len > 255)
|
|
|
6104 len = 255;
|
|
|
6105
|
|
|
6106 for (i = 0; i < len; i++)
|
|
|
6107 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i];
|
|
|
6108
|
|
|
6109 PascalPtr[0] = len;
|
|
|
6110
|
|
|
6111 return 0;
|
|
|
6112 }
|
|
|
6113
|
|
|
6114 int
|
|
593
|
6115 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec)
|
|
7
|
6116 {
|
|
|
6117 /* From FAQ 8-12 */
|
|
|
6118 Str255 filePascal;
|
|
|
6119 CInfoPBRec myCPB;
|
|
|
6120 OSErr err;
|
|
|
6121
|
|
9
|
6122 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal);
|
|
7
|
6123
|
|
|
6124 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal;
|
|
|
6125 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0;
|
|
|
6126 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6127 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0;
|
|
|
6128
|
|
9
|
6129 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6130
|
|
|
6131 /* vRefNum, dirID, name */
|
|
9
|
6132 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec);
|
|
7
|
6133
|
|
|
6134 /* TODO: Use an error code mechanism */
|
|
|
6135 return 0;
|
|
|
6136 }
|
|
|
6137
|
|
|
6138 /*
|
|
|
6139 * Convert a FSSpec to a fuill path
|
|
|
6140 */
|
|
|
6141
|
|
9
|
6142 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file)
|
|
7
|
6143 {
|
|
|
6144 /*
|
|
|
6145 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max.
|
|
|
6146 */
|
|
|
6147
|
|
|
6148 CInfoPBRec theCPB;
|
|
|
6149 char_u fname[256];
|
|
|
6150 char_u *filenamePtr = fname;
|
|
|
6151 OSErr error;
|
|
|
6152 int folder = 1;
|
|
|
6153 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6154 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum;
|
|
|
6155 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID;
|
|
|
6156 FSRef refFile;
|
|
|
6157 OSStatus status;
|
|
|
6158 UInt32 pathSize = 256;
|
|
|
6159 char_u pathname[256];
|
|
|
6160 char_u *path = pathname;
|
|
|
6161 #else
|
|
|
6162 Str255 directoryName;
|
|
|
6163 char_u temporary[255];
|
|
|
6164 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary;
|
|
|
6165 #endif
|
|
|
6166
|
|
|
6167 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6168 /* Get the default volume */
|
|
|
6169 /* TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume*/
|
|
9
|
6170 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID);
|
|
7
|
6171
|
|
|
6172 if (error)
|
|
|
6173 return NULL;
|
|
|
6174 #endif
|
|
|
6175
|
|
|
6176 /* Start filling fname with file.name */
|
|
418
|
6177 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]);
|
|
7
|
6178
|
|
|
6179 /* Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec */
|
|
|
6180 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0;
|
|
|
6181 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name;
|
|
|
6182 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1106
|
6183 /*theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0;*/
|
|
7
|
6184 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6185
|
|
|
6186 /* As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr,
|
|
|
6187 which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID */
|
|
9
|
6188 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false);
|
|
7
|
6189
|
|
|
6190 /* If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr */
|
|
|
6191 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr))
|
|
|
6192 return NULL;
|
|
|
6193
|
|
|
6194 /* Check if it's a file or folder */
|
|
|
6195 /* default to file if file don't exist */
|
|
|
6196 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error))
|
|
|
6197 folder = 0; /* It's not a folder */
|
|
|
6198 else
|
|
|
6199 folder = 1;
|
|
|
6200
|
|
|
6201 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6202 /*
|
|
|
6203 * The function used here are available in Carbon, but
|
|
|
6204 * do nothing une MacOS 8 and 9
|
|
|
6205 */
|
|
|
6206 if (error == fnfErr)
|
|
|
6207 {
|
|
|
6208 /* If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible
|
|
|
6209 to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an
|
|
|
6210 FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and
|
|
|
6211 directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert
|
|
|
6212 that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path,
|
|
|
6213 and, finally, append the filename. */
|
|
|
6214 FSSpec dirSpec;
|
|
|
6215 FSRef dirRef;
|
|
|
6216 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p";
|
|
|
6217 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum,
|
|
|
6218 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec);
|
|
|
6219 if (error)
|
|
|
6220 return NULL;
|
|
|
6221
|
|
|
6222 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef);
|
|
|
6223 if (error)
|
|
|
6224 return NULL;
|
|
|
6225
|
|
|
6226 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize);
|
|
|
6227 if (status)
|
|
|
6228 return NULL;
|
|
|
6229
|
|
|
6230 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6231 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6232 }
|
|
|
6233 else
|
|
|
6234 {
|
|
|
6235 /* If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path
|
|
|
6236 by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. */
|
|
9
|
6237 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile);
|
|
7
|
6238 if (error)
|
|
|
6239 return NULL;
|
|
|
6240
|
|
9
|
6241 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize);
|
|
7
|
6242 if (status)
|
|
|
6243 return NULL;
|
|
|
6244 }
|
|
|
6245
|
|
|
6246 /* Add a slash at the end if needed */
|
|
|
6247 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6248 STRCAT(path, "/");
|
|
|
6249
|
|
|
6250 return (vim_strsave(path));
|
|
7
|
6251 #else
|
|
|
6252 /* TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below */
|
|
|
6253 /* Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. */
|
|
|
6254 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName;
|
|
|
6255
|
|
|
6256 /* Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value
|
|
|
6257 * we want for ioDrDirID*/
|
|
|
6258 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6259 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID;
|
|
|
6260
|
|
9
|
6261 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/))
|
|
7
|
6262 do
|
|
|
6263 {
|
|
|
6264 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6265 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6266 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
6267 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
6268 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6269
|
|
|
6270 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6271 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6272 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6273
|
|
|
6274 if (error)
|
|
|
6275 return NULL;
|
|
|
6276
|
|
|
6277 /* Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname */
|
|
|
6278 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6279 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6280 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6281 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6282 }
|
|
|
6283 #if 1 /* def USE_UNIXFILENAME */
|
|
|
6284 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) /* && */
|
|
|
6285 /* (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/);
|
|
|
6286 #else
|
|
|
6287 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID);
|
|
|
6288 #endif
|
|
|
6289
|
|
|
6290 /* Get the information about the volume on which the file reside */
|
|
|
6291 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1;
|
|
|
6292 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. */
|
|
|
6293 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum;
|
|
1212
|
6294 /* theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 */
|
|
7
|
6295 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID;
|
|
|
6296
|
|
|
6297 /* As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, */
|
|
|
6298 /* *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated */
|
|
9
|
6299 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false);
|
|
7
|
6300
|
|
|
6301 if (error)
|
|
|
6302 return NULL;
|
|
|
6303
|
|
|
6304 /* For MacOS Classic always add the volume name */
|
|
|
6305 /* For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" */
|
|
1212
|
6306 /* when we are not referring to the boot volume */
|
|
7
|
6307 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6308 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum)
|
|
|
6309 #endif
|
|
|
6310 {
|
|
|
6311 /* Add the volume name */
|
|
|
6312 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
418
|
6313 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]);
|
|
7
|
6314 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":");
|
|
|
6315 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6316
|
|
|
6317 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6318 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6319 filenamePtr[0] = 0; /* NULL terminate the string */
|
|
|
6320 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:");
|
|
|
6321 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6322 #endif
|
|
|
6323 }
|
|
|
6324
|
|
|
6325 /* Append final path separator if it's a folder */
|
|
|
6326 if (folder)
|
|
9
|
6327 STRCAT(fname, ":");
|
|
7
|
6328
|
|
|
6329 /* As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it */
|
|
|
6330 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME
|
|
|
6331 /* Need to insert leading / */
|
|
|
6332 /* TODO: get the above code to use directly the / */
|
|
|
6333 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr);
|
|
|
6334 temporaryPtr[0] = '/';
|
|
|
6335 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr);
|
|
|
6336 {
|
|
|
6337 char *p;
|
|
|
6338 for (p = fname; *p; p++)
|
|
|
6339 if (*p == ':')
|
|
|
6340 *p = '/';
|
|
|
6341 }
|
|
|
6342 #endif
|
|
|
6343
|
|
9
|
6344 return (vim_strsave(fname));
|
|
7
|
6345 #endif
|
|
|
6346 }
|
|
|
6347
|
|
1562
|
6348 #if (defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO)) && defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER)
|
|
7
|
6349 /*
|
|
|
6350 * Input Method Control functions.
|
|
|
6351 */
|
|
|
6352
|
|
|
6353 /*
|
|
|
6354 * Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
|
6355 */
|
|
|
6356 void
|
|
|
6357 im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
|
6358 {
|
|
1562
|
6359 #if 0
|
|
7
|
6360 /* TODO: Implement me! */
|
|
1562
|
6361 im_start_row = row;
|
|
|
6362 im_start_col = col;
|
|
|
6363 #endif
|
|
|
6364 }
|
|
|
6365
|
|
|
6366 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6367 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6368 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 };
|
|
|
6369
|
|
|
6370 static Component gTSCWindow;
|
|
|
6371 static Component gTSCInsert;
|
|
|
6372 static Component gTSCDefault;
|
|
|
6373
|
|
|
6374 static int im_initialized = 0;
|
|
|
6375
|
|
|
6376 static void
|
|
|
6377 im_on_window_switch(int active)
|
|
|
6378 {
|
|
|
6379 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL;
|
|
|
6380 OSStatus err;
|
|
|
6381
|
|
|
6382 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6383 return;
|
|
|
6384
|
|
|
6385 if (im_initialized == 0)
|
|
|
6386 {
|
|
|
6387 im_initialized = 1;
|
|
|
6388
|
|
|
6389 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */
|
|
|
6390 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6391 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6392 }
|
|
|
6393
|
|
|
6394 if (active == TRUE)
|
|
|
6395 {
|
|
|
6396 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
6397 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6398 slptr = &gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6399
|
|
|
6400 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6401 {
|
|
|
6402 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr,
|
|
|
6403 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6404 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6405 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr);
|
|
|
6406
|
|
|
6407 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6408 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask);
|
|
|
6409 }
|
|
|
6410 }
|
|
|
6411 else
|
|
|
6412 {
|
|
|
6413 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow);
|
|
|
6414 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6415 slptr = &gTSLWindow;
|
|
|
6416
|
|
|
6417 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6418 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr,
|
|
|
6419 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6420
|
|
|
6421 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
6422 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6423 }
|
|
7
|
6424 }
|
|
|
6425
|
|
|
6426 /*
|
|
|
6427 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
|
6428 */
|
|
|
6429 void
|
|
|
6430 im_set_active(int active)
|
|
|
6431 {
|
|
1562
|
6432 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL;
|
|
|
6433 OSStatus err;
|
|
|
6434
|
|
|
6435 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6436 return;
|
|
|
6437
|
|
|
6438 if (im_initialized == 0)
|
|
|
6439 {
|
|
|
6440 im_initialized = 1;
|
|
|
6441
|
|
|
6442 /* save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default */
|
|
|
6443 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6444 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6445 }
|
|
|
6446
|
|
|
6447 if (active == TRUE)
|
|
|
6448 {
|
|
|
6449 im_is_active = TRUE;
|
|
|
6450 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6451 slptr = &gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6452
|
|
|
6453 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6454 {
|
|
|
6455 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr,
|
|
|
6456 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6457 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6458 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr);
|
|
|
6459
|
|
|
6460 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6461 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask);
|
|
|
6462 }
|
|
|
6463 }
|
|
|
6464 else
|
|
|
6465 {
|
|
|
6466 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert);
|
|
|
6467 if (err == noErr)
|
|
|
6468 slptr = &gTSLInsert;
|
|
|
6469
|
|
|
6470 if (slptr)
|
|
|
6471 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr,
|
|
|
6472 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6473
|
|
|
6474 /* restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could
|
|
|
6475 * enter commands easier */
|
|
|
6476 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault,
|
|
|
6477 kKeyboardInputMethodClass);
|
|
|
6478 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault);
|
|
|
6479
|
|
|
6480 im_is_active = FALSE;
|
|
|
6481 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument);
|
|
|
6482 }
|
|
7
|
6483 }
|
|
|
6484
|
|
|
6485 /*
|
|
|
6486 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
|
6487 */
|
|
|
6488 int
|
|
593
|
6489 im_get_status(void)
|
|
7
|
6490 {
|
|
1562
|
6491 if (! gui.in_use)
|
|
|
6492 return 0;
|
|
|
6493
|
|
|
6494 return im_is_active;
|
|
7
|
6495 }
|
|
1106
|
6496
|
|
7
|
6497 #endif /* defined(USE_IM_CONTROL) || defined(PROTO) */
|
|
1106
|
6498
|
|
|
6499
|
|
|
6500
|
|
|
6501
|
|
|
6502 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
6503 // drawer implementation
|
|
|
6504 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL;
|
|
|
6505 enum
|
|
|
6506 {
|
|
|
6507 kTabContextMenuId = 42,
|
|
|
6508 };
|
|
|
6509
|
|
|
6510 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string
|
|
|
6511 static CFStringRef
|
|
|
6512 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page)
|
|
|
6513 {
|
|
|
6514 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE);
|
|
|
6515 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT
|
|
1621
|
6516 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff));
|
|
1106
|
6517 #else
|
|
|
6518 // TODO: check internal encoding?
|
|
|
6519 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff,
|
|
|
6520 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman);
|
|
|
6521 #endif
|
|
|
6522 }
|
|
|
6523
|
|
|
6524
|
|
|
6525 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150
|
|
|
6526 #define DRAWER_INSET 16
|
|
|
6527
|
|
|
6528 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL;
|
|
|
6529
|
|
|
6530 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When
|
|
|
6531 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before upate_tabline(),
|
|
|
6532 // and because of this, the tab labels and vims internal tabs are out of sync
|
|
|
6533 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels
|
|
|
6534 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time).
|
|
|
6535 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL;
|
|
|
6536 static int tabLabelsSize = 0;
|
|
|
6537
|
|
|
6538 enum
|
|
|
6539 {
|
|
|
6540 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs'
|
|
|
6541 };
|
|
|
6542
|
|
|
6543 static int
|
|
|
6544 getTabCount(void)
|
|
|
6545 {
|
|
|
6546 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6547 int numTabs = 0;
|
|
|
6548
|
|
|
6549 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next)
|
|
1562
|
6550 ++numTabs;
|
|
1106
|
6551 return numTabs;
|
|
|
6552 }
|
|
|
6553
|
|
|
6554 // data browser item display callback
|
|
|
6555 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6556 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6557 DataBrowserItemID itemID,
|
|
1562
|
6558 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */,
|
|
|
6559 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData,
|
|
1106
|
6560 Boolean changeValue)
|
|
|
6561 {
|
|
|
6562 OSStatus status = noErr;
|
|
|
6563
|
|
|
6564 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated??
|
|
|
6565
|
|
|
6566 // changeValue is true if we have a modifieable list and data was changed.
|
|
|
6567 // In our case, it's always false.
|
|
|
6568 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return
|
|
|
6569 // internalData();
|
|
|
6570 if (!changeValue)
|
|
|
6571 {
|
|
|
6572 CFStringRef str;
|
|
|
6573
|
|
|
6574 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize);
|
|
|
6575 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1];
|
|
|
6576 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str);
|
|
|
6577 }
|
|
|
6578 else
|
|
|
6579 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported;
|
|
|
6580
|
|
|
6581 return status;
|
|
|
6582 }
|
|
|
6583
|
|
|
6584 // data browser action callback
|
|
|
6585 static void
|
|
|
6586 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6587 DataBrowserItemID item,
|
|
|
6588 DataBrowserItemNotification message)
|
|
|
6589 {
|
|
|
6590 switch (message)
|
|
|
6591 {
|
|
|
6592 case kDataBrowserItemSelected:
|
|
|
6593 send_tabline_event(item);
|
|
|
6594 break;
|
|
|
6595 }
|
|
|
6596 }
|
|
|
6597
|
|
|
6598 // callbacks needed for contextual menu:
|
|
|
6599 static void
|
|
|
6600 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6601 MenuRef *menu,
|
|
1562
|
6602 UInt32 *helpType,
|
|
1106
|
6603 CFStringRef *helpItemString,
|
|
1562
|
6604 AEDesc *selection)
|
|
1106
|
6605 {
|
|
|
6606 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same
|
|
|
6607 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-)
|
|
|
6608 *helpItemString = NULL;
|
|
|
6609
|
|
|
6610 *menu = contextMenu;
|
|
|
6611 }
|
|
|
6612
|
|
|
6613 static void
|
|
|
6614 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser,
|
|
|
6615 MenuRef menu,
|
|
|
6616 UInt32 selectionType,
|
|
|
6617 SInt16 menuID,
|
|
|
6618 MenuItemIndex menuItem)
|
|
|
6619 {
|
|
|
6620 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected)
|
|
|
6621 {
|
|
|
6622 MenuCommand command;
|
|
|
6623 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command);
|
|
|
6624
|
|
|
6625 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared
|
|
|
6626 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu
|
|
|
6627 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some
|
|
|
6628 // way, the finder does it too ;-) )
|
|
|
6629 Handle items = NewHandle(0);
|
|
|
6630 if (items != NULL)
|
|
|
6631 {
|
|
|
6632 int numItems;
|
|
|
6633
|
|
|
6634 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false,
|
|
|
6635 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items);
|
|
|
6636 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID);
|
|
|
6637 if (numItems > 0)
|
|
|
6638 {
|
|
|
6639 int idx;
|
|
|
6640 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr;
|
|
|
6641
|
|
|
6642 HLock(items);
|
|
|
6643 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items;
|
|
|
6644 idx = itemsPtr[0];
|
|
|
6645 HUnlock(items);
|
|
|
6646 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command);
|
|
|
6647 }
|
|
|
6648 DisposeHandle(items);
|
|
|
6649 }
|
|
|
6650 }
|
|
|
6651 }
|
|
|
6652
|
|
|
6653 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim
|
|
|
6654 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6655 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6656 {
|
|
|
6657 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl
|
|
|
6658 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart);
|
|
|
6659
|
|
|
6660 return paramErr;
|
|
|
6661 }
|
|
|
6662
|
|
|
6663
|
|
|
6664 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size
|
|
|
6665 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6666 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data)
|
|
|
6667 {
|
|
|
6668 switch (GetEventKind(event))
|
|
|
6669 {
|
|
|
6670 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize
|
|
|
6671 {
|
|
|
6672 UInt32 attribs;
|
|
|
6673 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32,
|
|
|
6674 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs);
|
|
|
6675 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize
|
|
|
6676 {
|
|
|
6677 Rect r;
|
|
|
6678 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r);
|
|
|
6679 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top);
|
|
|
6680 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r);
|
|
|
6681 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6682 kTabsColumn, r.right);
|
|
|
6683 }
|
|
|
6684 }
|
|
|
6685 break;
|
|
|
6686 }
|
|
|
6687
|
|
|
6688 return eventNotHandledErr;
|
|
|
6689 }
|
|
|
6690
|
|
|
6691 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better).
|
|
|
6692 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the
|
|
|
6693 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.)
|
|
|
6694
|
|
|
6695
|
|
|
6696 #import <mach-o/dyld.h>
|
|
|
6697
|
|
|
6698 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) };
|
|
|
6699
|
|
|
6700 static OSStatus
|
|
|
6701 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6702 OptionBits inAttributesToSet,
|
|
|
6703 OptionBits inAttributesToClear)
|
|
|
6704 {
|
|
|
6705 long osVersion;
|
|
|
6706 char *symbolName;
|
|
|
6707 NSSymbol symbol = NULL;
|
|
|
6708 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6709 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6710
|
|
|
6711 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion);
|
|
|
6712 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up)
|
|
|
6713 return noErr;
|
|
|
6714
|
|
|
6715 // C name mangling...
|
|
|
6716 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes";
|
|
|
6717 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName)
|
|
|
6718 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL)
|
|
|
6719 return noErr;
|
|
|
6720
|
|
|
6721 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol);
|
|
|
6722 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL)
|
|
|
6723 return noErr; // well...
|
|
|
6724 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser,
|
|
|
6725 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear);
|
|
|
6726 }
|
|
|
6727
|
|
|
6728 static void
|
|
|
6729 initialise_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6730 {
|
|
|
6731 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE };
|
|
|
6732 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks;
|
|
|
6733 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart};
|
|
|
6734 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged};
|
|
|
6735 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc;
|
|
|
6736
|
|
|
6737 // drawers have to have compositing enabled
|
|
|
6738 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass,
|
|
|
6739 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute
|
|
|
6740 | kWindowCompositingAttribute
|
|
|
6741 | kWindowResizableAttribute
|
|
|
6742 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute,
|
|
|
6743 &drawerRect, &drawer);
|
|
|
6744
|
|
|
6745 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true);
|
|
|
6746 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow);
|
|
|
6747 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET);
|
|
|
6748
|
|
|
6749
|
|
|
6750 // create list view embedded in drawer
|
|
|
6751 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView,
|
|
|
6752 &dataBrowser);
|
|
|
6753
|
|
|
6754 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks;
|
|
|
6755 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6756 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback =
|
|
|
6757 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback);
|
|
|
6758 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback =
|
|
|
6759 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback);
|
|
|
6760 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6761 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6762 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback =
|
|
|
6763 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback);
|
|
|
6764
|
|
|
6765 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks);
|
|
|
6766
|
|
|
6767 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header
|
|
|
6768 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical
|
|
|
6769 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6770 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet);
|
|
|
6771 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6772 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite);
|
|
|
6773 Boolean b = false;
|
|
|
6774 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl,
|
|
|
6775 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b);
|
|
|
6776
|
|
|
6777 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim
|
|
|
6778 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this
|
|
|
6779 // function dynamically)
|
|
|
6780 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser,
|
|
|
6781 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0);
|
|
|
6782
|
|
|
6783 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser
|
|
|
6784 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent,
|
|
|
6785 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6786
|
|
|
6787 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer
|
|
|
6788 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent,
|
|
|
6789 NULL, NULL);
|
|
|
6790
|
|
|
6791 // add "tabs" column to data browser
|
|
|
6792 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn;
|
|
|
6793 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType;
|
|
|
6794
|
|
|
6795 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn
|
|
|
6796 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags;
|
|
|
6797
|
|
|
6798 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc;
|
|
|
6799 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100;
|
|
|
6800 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150;
|
|
|
6801 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0;
|
|
|
6802 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs");
|
|
|
6803 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing;
|
|
|
6804 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font
|
|
|
6805 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly;
|
|
|
6806
|
|
|
6807 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0);
|
|
|
6808
|
|
|
6809 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu)
|
|
|
6810 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu);
|
|
|
6811 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close"), 0,
|
|
|
6812 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL);
|
|
|
6813 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0,
|
|
|
6814 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL);
|
|
|
6815 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0,
|
|
|
6816 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL);
|
|
|
6817 }
|
|
|
6818
|
|
|
6819
|
|
|
6820 /*
|
|
|
6821 * Show or hide the tabline.
|
|
|
6822 */
|
|
|
6823 void
|
|
|
6824 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
|
|
|
6825 {
|
|
|
6826 if (showit == 0)
|
|
1562
|
6827 CloseDrawer(drawer, true);
|
|
1106
|
6828 else
|
|
1562
|
6829 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true);
|
|
1106
|
6830 }
|
|
|
6831
|
|
|
6832 /*
|
|
|
6833 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
|
|
|
6834 */
|
|
|
6835 int
|
|
|
6836 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6837 {
|
|
|
6838 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer);
|
|
|
6839
|
|
|
6840 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening;
|
|
|
6841 }
|
|
|
6842
|
|
|
6843 /*
|
|
|
6844 * Update the labels of the tabline.
|
|
|
6845 */
|
|
|
6846 void
|
|
|
6847 gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
|
|
|
6848 {
|
|
|
6849 tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
6850 int numTabs = getTabCount();
|
|
|
6851 int nr = 1;
|
|
|
6852 int curtabidx = 1;
|
|
|
6853
|
|
|
6854 // adjust data browser
|
|
|
6855 if (tabLabels != NULL)
|
|
|
6856 {
|
|
1562
|
6857 int i;
|
|
|
6858
|
|
|
6859 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i)
|
|
|
6860 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]);
|
|
|
6861 free(tabLabels);
|
|
1106
|
6862 }
|
|
|
6863 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef));
|
|
|
6864 tabLabelsSize = numTabs;
|
|
|
6865
|
|
|
6866 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
|
|
|
6867 {
|
|
|
6868 if (tp == curtab)
|
|
|
6869 curtabidx = nr;
|
|
1562
|
6870 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp);
|
|
1106
|
6871 }
|
|
|
6872
|
|
|
6873 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL,
|
|
|
6874 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6875 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we
|
|
|
6876 // can pass NULL for the id array
|
|
|
6877 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL,
|
|
|
6878 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty);
|
|
|
6879
|
|
|
6880 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx;
|
|
|
6881 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6882 }
|
|
|
6883
|
|
|
6884 /*
|
|
|
6885 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1.
|
|
|
6886 */
|
|
|
6887 void
|
|
|
6888 gui_mch_set_curtab(nr)
|
|
|
6889 int nr;
|
|
|
6890 {
|
|
|
6891 DataBrowserItemID item = nr;
|
|
|
6892 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign);
|
|
|
6893
|
|
|
6894 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...)
|
|
|
6895 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn,
|
|
|
6896 kDataBrowserRevealOnly);
|
|
|
6897 }
|
|
|
6898
|
|
|
6899 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
